SemaDecl.cpp revision c840649ed5acccf68e1bc5a9d22f2ea017074586
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 375/// or 376static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 377 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 378 NextToken.is(tok::less); 379 380 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 381 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 382 return true; 383 384 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 385 return true; 386 } 387 388 return false; 389} 390 391Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 395 const Token &NextToken) { 396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 397 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 398 399 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 400 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 401 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 402 403 } 404 405 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 406 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 407 408 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 409 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 410 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 411 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 412 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 413 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 414 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 415 return E; 416 417 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 418 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 419 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 420 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 421 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 422 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 423 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 424 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 425 } 426 427 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 428 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 429 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 430 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 431 return E; 432 } 433 } 434 } 435 436 bool SecondTry = false; 437 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 438 439Corrected: 440 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 441 case LookupResult::NotFound: 442 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 443 // call. 444 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 445 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 446 // FIXME: Reference? 447 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 449 450 // C90 6.3.2.2: 451 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 452 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 453 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 454 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 455 // the function call, the declaration 456 // 457 // extern int identifier (); 458 // 459 // appeared. 460 // 461 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 462 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 463 Result.addDecl(D); 464 Result.resolveKind(); 465 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 466 } 467 } 468 469 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 470 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 471 // "struct", or "union". 472 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 473 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 474 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 475 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 476 const char *TagName = 0; 477 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 478 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 479 case TTK_Class: 480 TagName = "class"; 481 FixItTagName = "class "; 482 break; 483 484 case TTK_Enum: 485 TagName = "enum"; 486 FixItTagName = "enum "; 487 break; 488 489 case TTK_Struct: 490 TagName = "struct"; 491 FixItTagName = "struct "; 492 break; 493 494 case TTK_Union: 495 TagName = "union"; 496 FixItTagName = "union "; 497 break; 498 } 499 500 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 501 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 503 break; 504 } 505 506 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 507 } 508 509 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 510 // close to this name. 511 if (!SecondTry) { 512 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result, S, &SS)) { 513 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 514 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 515 516 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Result.empty()? 0 : *Result.begin(); 517 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 518 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 519 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 520 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 521 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 522 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 523 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 524 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 525 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 526 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 527 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 528 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 529 } 530 531 if (SS.isEmpty()) 532 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 533 << Name << Corrected 534 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 535 else 536 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 537 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected 538 << SS.getRange() 539 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 540 541 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 542 Name = Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 543 544 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 545 if (Result.empty()) 546 return Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 547 548 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 549 << FirstDecl->getDeclName(); 550 551 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 552 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 553 // reference the ivar. 554 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 555 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 556 Result.clear(); 557 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 558 return move(E); 559 } 560 561 goto Corrected; 562 } 563 } 564 565 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 566 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 567 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 568 569 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 570 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 571 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 572 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 573 574 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 575 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 576 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 577 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 578 // qualified by the keyword typename. 579 // 580 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 581 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 582 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 583 // keyword here. 584 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 585 586 case LookupResult::Found: 587 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 588 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 589 break; 590 591 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 593 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 594 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 595 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 596 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 597 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 598 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 599 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 600 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 601 // ambiguous. 602 // 603 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 604 // so try again after filtering out template names. 605 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 606 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 607 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 608 break; 609 } 610 } 611 612 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 613 return NameClassification::Error(); 614 } 615 616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 617 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 618 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 619 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 620 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 621 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 622 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 623 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 624 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 625 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 626 627 if (!Result.empty()) { 628 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 629 TemplateName Template; 630 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 631 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 632 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 633 Result.end()); 634 } else { 635 TemplateDecl *TD 636 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 637 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 638 639 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 640 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 641 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 642 TD); 643 else 644 Template = TemplateName(TD); 645 } 646 647 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 648 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 649 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 650 // to based on which function we selected. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 653 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 654 } 655 656 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 657 } 658 } 659 660 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 661 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 662 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 663 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 664 return ParsedType::make(T); 665 } 666 667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 668 if (!Class) { 669 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 670 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 671 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 672 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 673 } 674 675 if (Class) { 676 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 677 678 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 679 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 680 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 681 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 682 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 683 } 684 685 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 686 return ParsedType::make(T); 687 } 688 689 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 690 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 691 692 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 693 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 694} 695 696// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 697// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 698// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 699DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 700 701 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 702 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 703 // the context we'll need to return to. 704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 705 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 706 707 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 708 // lexical context. 709 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC; 711 712 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 713 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 714 // class is the context we need to return to. 715 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 716 DC = RD; 717 718 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 719 // declared in. 720 return DC; 721 } 722 723 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 724 // of the class. 725 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 726 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 727 728 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 729} 730 731void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 732 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 733 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 734 CurContext = DC; 735 S->setEntity(DC); 736} 737 738void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 739 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 740 741 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 742 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 743} 744 745/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 746/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 747/// 748void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 749 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 750 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 751 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 752 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 753 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 754 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 755 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 756 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 757 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 758 // namespace. 759 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 760 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 761 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 762 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 763 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 764 765 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 766 767#ifndef NDEBUG 768 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 769 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 770 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 771#endif 772 773 CurContext = DC; 774 S->setEntity(DC); 775} 776 777void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 778 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 779 780 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 781 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 782 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 783 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 784 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 785 786 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 787 // disappear. 788} 789 790/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 791/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 792/// 793/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 794/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 795/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 796/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 797/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 798/// attribute. 799static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 800 ASTContext &Context) { 801 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 802 return true; 803 804 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 805 return true; 806 807 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 808 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 809} 810 811/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 812void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 813 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 814 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 815 // scope. 816 while (S->getEntity() && 817 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 818 S = S->getParent(); 819 820 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 821 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 822 // into any context. 823 if (AddToContext) 824 CurContext->addDecl(D); 825 826 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 827 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 828 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 829 D->isOutOfLine()) 830 return; 831 832 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 833 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 834 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 835 return; 836 837 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 838 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 839 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 840 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 841 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 842 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 843 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 844 845 // Should only need to replace one decl. 846 break; 847 } 848 } 849 850 S->AddDecl(D); 851 852 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 853 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 854 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 855 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 856 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 857 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 858 if (IDC == CurContext) { 859 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 860 continue; 861 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 862 break; 863 } 864 865 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 866 } else { 867 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 868 } 869} 870 871bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 872 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 873 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 874 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 875} 876 877Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 878 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 879 do { 880 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 881 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 882 return S; 883 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 884 885 return 0; 886} 887 888static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 889 DeclContext*, 890 ASTContext&); 891 892/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 893/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 894void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 895 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 896 bool ConsiderLinkage, 897 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 898 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 899 while (F.hasNext()) { 900 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 901 902 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 903 continue; 904 905 if (ConsiderLinkage && 906 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 907 continue; 908 909 F.erase(); 910 } 911 912 F.done(); 913} 914 915static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 916 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 917 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 918 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 919} 920 921/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 922static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 923 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 924 while (F.hasNext()) 925 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 926 F.erase(); 927 928 F.done(); 929} 930 931/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 932/// @code 933/// class S { 934/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 935/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 936/// }; 937/// @endcode 938static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 939 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 940 // the decl here. 941 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 942 return false; 943 944 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 945 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 946 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 947 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 948 return false; 949} 950 951bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 952 assert(D); 953 954 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 955 return false; 956 957 // Ignore class templates. 958 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 959 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 960 return false; 961 962 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 963 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 964 return false; 965 966 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 967 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 968 return false; 969 } else { 970 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 971 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 972 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 973 return false; 974 } 975 976 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 977 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 978 return false; 979 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 980 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 981 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 982 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 983 return false; 984 985 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 986 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 987 return false; 988 989 } else { 990 return false; 991 } 992 993 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 994 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 995 return false; 996 997 return true; 998} 999 1000void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1001 if (!D) 1002 return; 1003 1004 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1005 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1006 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1007 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1008 } 1009 1010 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1011 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1012 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1013 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1014 } 1015 1016 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1017 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1018 } 1019 1020static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1021 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1022 return false; 1023 1024 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1025 return false; 1026 1027 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1028 return true; 1029 1030 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1031 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1032 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1033 return false; 1034 1035 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1036 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1037 1038 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1039 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1040 1041 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1042 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1043 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1044 return false; 1045 } 1046 1047 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1048 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1049 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1050 return false; 1051 1052 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1053 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1054 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1055 return false; 1056 1057 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1058 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1059 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1060 // has no side effects. 1061 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1062 return false; 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1067 } 1068 1069 return true; 1070} 1071 1072/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1073/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1074void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1075 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1076 return; 1077 1078 unsigned DiagID; 1079 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1080 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1081 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1082 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1083 else 1084 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1085 1086 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1087} 1088 1089static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1090 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1091 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1092 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1093 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1094 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1095} 1096 1097void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1098 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1099 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1100 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1101 1102 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1103 I != E; ++I) { 1104 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1105 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1106 1107 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1108 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1109 1110 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1111 1112 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1113 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1114 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1115 1116 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1117 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1118 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1119 1120 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1121 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1122 } 1123} 1124 1125/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1126/// 1127/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1128/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1129/// to the fixed name. 1130/// 1131/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1132/// 1133/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1134/// if there is no class with the given name. 1135/// 1136/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1137/// class could not be found. 1138ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1139 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1140 bool TypoCorrection) { 1141 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1142 // creation from this context. 1143 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1144 1145 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 1146 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1147 // find an Objective-C class name. 1148 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1149 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 1150 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1151 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1152 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1153 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1154 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1155 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1156 1157 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1158 } 1159 } 1160 1161 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1162} 1163 1164/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1165/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1166/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1167/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1168/// ill-formed in C++: 1169/// @code 1170/// struct S6 { 1171/// enum { BAR } e; 1172/// }; 1173/// 1174/// void test_S6() { 1175/// struct S6 a; 1176/// a.e = BAR; 1177/// } 1178/// @endcode 1179/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1180/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1181/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1182/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1183/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1184/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1185/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1186/// contain non-field names. 1187Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1188 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1189 (S->getEntity() && 1190 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1191 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1192 S = S->getParent(); 1193 return S; 1194} 1195 1196/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1197/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1198/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1199/// built-in. 1200NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1201 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1202 SourceLocation Loc) { 1203 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1204 1205 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1206 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1207 switch (Error) { 1208 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1209 // Okay 1210 break; 1211 1212 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1213 if (ForRedeclaration) 1214 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1215 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1216 return 0; 1217 1218 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1219 if (ForRedeclaration) 1220 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1221 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1222 return 0; 1223 } 1224 1225 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1226 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1227 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1228 << R; 1229 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1230 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1231 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1232 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1233 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1234 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1235 } 1236 1237 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1238 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1239 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1240 SC_Extern, 1241 SC_None, false, 1242 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1243 New->setImplicit(); 1244 1245 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1246 // FunctionDecl. 1247 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1248 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1249 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1250 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1251 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1252 SourceLocation(), 0, 1253 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1254 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1255 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1256 Params.push_back(parm); 1257 } 1258 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1259 } 1260 1261 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1262 1263 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1264 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1265 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1266 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1267 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1268 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1269 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1270 CurContext = SavedContext; 1271 return New; 1272} 1273 1274/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1275/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1276/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1277/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1278/// 1279void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1280 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1281 // merging checks. 1282 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1283 1284 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1285 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1286 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1287 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1288 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1289 default: break; 1290 case 2: 1291 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1292 break; 1293 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1294 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1295 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1296 return; 1297 case 5: 1298 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1299 break; 1300 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1301 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1302 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1303 return; 1304 case 3: 1305 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1306 break; 1307 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1308 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1309 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1310 return; 1311 case 8: 1312 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1313 break; 1314 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1315 return; 1316 } 1317 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1318 } 1319 1320 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1321 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1322 if (!Old) { 1323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1324 << New->getDeclName(); 1325 1326 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1327 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1328 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1329 1330 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1331 } 1332 1333 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1334 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1335 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1336 1337 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1338 QualType OldType; 1339 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1340 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1341 else 1342 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1343 1344 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1345 // with any extensions enabled. 1346 1347 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1348 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1349 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1350 int Kind = 0; 1351 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1352 Kind = 1; 1353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1354 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1355 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1356 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1357 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1358 } 1359 1360 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1361 // declaration was a typedef. 1362 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1363 // spellings don't match exactly. 1364 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1365 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1366 1367 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1368 return; 1369 1370 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1371 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1372 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1373 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1374 // to the type to which it already refers. 1375 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1376 return; 1377 1378 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1379 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1380 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1381 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1382 // 1383 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1384 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1385 // 1386 // struct S { 1387 // typedef struct A { } A; 1388 // }; 1389 // 1390 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1391 // allow the above but disallow 1392 // 1393 // struct S { 1394 // typedef int I; 1395 // typedef int I; 1396 // }; 1397 // 1398 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1399 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1400 return; 1401 1402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1403 << New->getDeclName(); 1404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1405 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1406 } 1407 1408 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1409 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1410 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1411 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1412 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1413 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1414 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1415 return; 1416 1417 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1418 << New->getDeclName(); 1419 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1420 return; 1421} 1422 1423/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1424/// attribute. 1425static bool 1426DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1427 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1428 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1429 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1430 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1431 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1432 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1433 return true; 1434 } 1435 1436 return false; 1437} 1438 1439/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1440static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1441 ASTContext &C) { 1442 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1443 return; 1444 1445 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1446 1447 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1448 // we process them. 1449 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1450 1451 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1452 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1453 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1454 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1455 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1456 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1457 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1458 foundAny = true; 1459 } 1460 } 1461 1462 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1463} 1464 1465/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1466/// to the new one. 1467static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1468 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1469 ASTContext &C) { 1470 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1471 return; 1472 1473 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1474 1475 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1476 // done before we process them. 1477 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1478 1479 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1480 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1481 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1482 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1483 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1484 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1485 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1486 foundAny = true; 1487 } 1488 } 1489 1490 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1491} 1492 1493namespace { 1494 1495/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1496/// C. 1497struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1498 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1499 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1500 QualType PromotedType; 1501}; 1502 1503} 1504 1505/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1506Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1507 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1508 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1509 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1510 1511 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1512 } 1513 1514 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1515 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1516 1517 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1518 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1519 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1520} 1521 1522/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1523/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1524/// GNU89 mode. 1525static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1526 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1527 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1528 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1529 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1530} 1531 1532/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1533/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1534/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1535/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1536/// 1537/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1538/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1539/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1540/// merged with. 1541/// 1542/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1543bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1544 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1545 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1546 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1547 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1548 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1549 else 1550 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1551 if (!Old) { 1552 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1553 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1554 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1555 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1556 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1557 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1558 return true; 1559 } 1560 1561 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1562 << New->getDeclName(); 1563 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1564 return true; 1565 } 1566 1567 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1568 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1569 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1570 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1571 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1572 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1573 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1574 else 1575 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1576 1577 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1578 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1579 1580 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1581 // is an extern inline function. 1582 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1583 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1584 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1585 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1586 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1587 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1588 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1589 } else { 1590 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1591 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1592 return true; 1593 } 1594 } 1595 1596 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1597 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1598 // calling convention of the first. 1599 // 1600 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1601 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1602 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1603 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1604 // because it is the default calling convention. 1605 // 1606 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1607 // other tests to run. 1608 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1609 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1610 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1611 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1612 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1613 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1614 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1615 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1616 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1617 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1618 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1619 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1621 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1622 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1623 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1624 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1625 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1626 return true; 1627 } 1628 1629 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1630 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1631 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1632 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1633 } 1634 1635 // Merge regparm attribute. 1636 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1637 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1638 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1640 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1641 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1642 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1643 return true; 1644 } 1645 1646 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1647 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1648 } 1649 1650 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1651 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1652 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1653 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1654 } 1655 1656 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1657 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1658 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1659 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1660 // cannot be overloaded. 1661 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1662 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1663 QualType ResQT; 1664 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1665 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1666 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1667 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1668 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1669 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1670 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1671 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1672 else 1673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1674 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1675 return true; 1676 } 1677 else 1678 NewQType = ResQT; 1679 } 1680 1681 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1682 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1683 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1684 // Preserve triviality. 1685 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1686 1687 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1688 1689 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1690 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1691 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1692 // is a static member function declaration. 1693 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1694 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1695 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1696 return true; 1697 } 1698 1699 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1700 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1701 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1702 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1703 unsigned NewDiag; 1704 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1705 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1706 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1707 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1708 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1709 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1710 else 1711 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1712 1713 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1714 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1715 1716 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1717 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1718 // 1719 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1720 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1721 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1722 if (isFriend) { 1723 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1724 } else { 1725 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1726 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1727 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1728 return true; 1729 } 1730 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1731 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1732 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1733 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1734 return true; 1735 } 1736 } 1737 1738 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1739 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1740 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1741 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1742 1743 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1744 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1745 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1746 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1747 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1748 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1749 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1750 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1751 } 1752 1753 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1754 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1755 1756 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1757 } 1758 1759 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1760 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1761 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1762 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1763 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1764 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1765 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1766 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1767 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1768 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1769 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1770 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1771 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1772 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1773 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1774 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1775 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1776 New->setType(NewQType); 1777 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1778 1779 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1780 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1781 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1782 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1783 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1784 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1785 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1786 SourceLocation(), 1787 SourceLocation(), 0, 1788 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1789 SC_None, SC_None, 1790 0); 1791 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1792 Param->setImplicit(); 1793 Params.push_back(Param); 1794 } 1795 1796 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1797 } 1798 1799 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1800 } 1801 1802 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1803 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1804 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1805 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1806 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1807 // the prototype. 1808 // 1809 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1810 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1811 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1812 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1813 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1814 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1815 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1816 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1817 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1818 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1819 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1820 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1821 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1822 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1823 1824 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1825 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1826 NewProto->getResultType()); 1827 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1828 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1829 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1830 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1831 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1832 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1833 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1834 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1835 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1836 NewParm->getType(), 1837 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1838 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1839 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1840 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1841 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1842 } else 1843 LooseCompatible = false; 1844 } 1845 1846 if (LooseCompatible) { 1847 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1848 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1849 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1850 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1851 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1852 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1853 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1854 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1855 } 1856 1857 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1858 ArgTypes.size(), 1859 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1860 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1861 } 1862 1863 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1864 } 1865 1866 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1867 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1868 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1869 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1870 // signature. 1871 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1872 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1873 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1874 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1875 // library built-in. 1876 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1877 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1878 << Old << Old->getType(); 1879 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1880 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1881 return false; 1882 } 1883 1884 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1885 } 1886 1887 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1888 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1889 return true; 1890} 1891 1892/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1893/// known to be compatible. 1894/// 1895/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1896/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1897/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1898/// redeclaration of Old. 1899/// 1900/// \returns false 1901bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1902 // Merge the attributes 1903 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1904 1905 // Merge the storage class. 1906 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1907 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1908 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1909 1910 // Merge "pure" flag. 1911 if (Old->isPure()) 1912 New->setPure(); 1913 1914 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1915 // declarations. 1916 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1917 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1918 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1919 Context); 1920 1921 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1922 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1923 1924 return false; 1925} 1926 1927void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1928 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1929 // Merge the attributes. 1930 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1931 1932 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1933 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1934 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1935 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1936 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1937} 1938 1939/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1940/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1941/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1942/// 1943/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1944/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1945/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1946/// 1947void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1948 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1949 return; 1950 1951 QualType MergedT; 1952 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1953 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1954 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1955 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1956 return; 1957 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1958 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1959 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1960 } 1961 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1962 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1963 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1964 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1965 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1966 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1967 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1968 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1969 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1970 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1971 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1972 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1973 MergedT = New->getType(); 1974 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1975 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1976 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1977 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1978 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1979 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1980 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1981 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1982 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1983 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1984 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1985 Old->getType()); 1986 } 1987 } else { 1988 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1989 } 1990 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1992 << New->getDeclName(); 1993 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1994 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1995 } 1996 New->setType(MergedT); 1997} 1998 1999/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2000/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2001/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2002/// 2003/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2004/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2005/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2006/// 2007void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2008 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2009 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2010 return; 2011 2012 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2013 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2014 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2015 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2016 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2017 << New->getDeclName(); 2018 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2019 diag::note_previous_definition); 2020 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2021 } 2022 2023 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2024 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2025 // 2026 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2027 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2028 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2029 << New->getIdentifier(); 2030 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2031 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2032 } 2033 2034 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2035 2036 // Merge the types. 2037 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2038 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2039 return; 2040 2041 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2042 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2043 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2044 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2045 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2046 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2047 } 2048 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2049 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2050 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2051 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2052 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2053 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2054 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2055 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2056 // identifier has external linkage. 2057 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2058 /* Okay */; 2059 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2060 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2061 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2062 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2063 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2064 } 2065 2066 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2067 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2068 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2069 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2070 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2071 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2072 } 2073 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2074 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2075 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2076 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2077 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2078 } 2079 2080 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2081 2082 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2083 // need to check for mismatches. 2084 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2085 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2086 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2087 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2089 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2090 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2091 } 2092 2093 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2094 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2095 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2096 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2098 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2099 } 2100 2101 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2102 const VarDecl *Def; 2103 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2104 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2105 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2106 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2107 << New->getDeclName(); 2108 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2109 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2110 return; 2111 } 2112 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2113 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2114 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2115 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2116 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2117 // specified at the prior declaration. 2118 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2119 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2120 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2121 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2122 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2123 2124 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2125 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2126 2127 // Inherit access appropriately. 2128 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2129} 2130 2131/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2132/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2133Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2134 DeclSpec &DS) { 2135 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2136 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2137} 2138 2139/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2140/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2141/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2142Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2143 DeclSpec &DS, 2144 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2145 Decl *TagD = 0; 2146 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2147 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2148 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2149 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2150 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2151 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2152 2153 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2154 return 0; 2155 2156 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2157 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2158 // it's a Type. 2159 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2160 } 2161 2162 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2163 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2164 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2165 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2166 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2167 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2168 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2169 } 2170 2171 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2172 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2173 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2174 if (TagD && !Tag) 2175 return 0; 2176 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2177 } 2178 2179 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2180 // declarators. 2181 bool emittedWarning = false; 2182 2183 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2184 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2185 2186 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2187 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2188 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2189 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2190 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2191 2192 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2193 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2194 emittedWarning = true; 2195 } 2196 } 2197 2198 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2199 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2200 CurContext->isRecord() && 2201 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2202 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2203 // struct STRUCT; 2204 // and 2205 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2206 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2207 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2208 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2209 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2210 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2211 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2212 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2213 } 2214 } 2215 2216 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2217 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2218 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2219 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2220 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2221 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2222 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2223 emittedWarning = true; 2224 } 2225 2226 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2227 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2228 2229 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2230 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2231 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2232 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2233 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2234 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2235 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2236 return Tag; 2237 } 2238 2239 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2240 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2241 emittedWarning = true; 2242 } 2243 2244 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2245 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2246 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2247 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2248 return TagD; 2249 2250 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2251 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2252 // useless. 2253 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2254 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2255 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2256 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2257 2258 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2259 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2260 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2261 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2262 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2263 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2264 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2265 // Restrict is covered above. 2266 } 2267 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2268 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2269 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2270 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2271 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2272 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2273 2274 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2275 2276 return TagD; 2277} 2278 2279/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2280/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2281StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2282 StmtResult R; 2283 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2284 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2285 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2286 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2287 do 2288 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2289 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2290 } 2291 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2292 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2293 } 2294 } 2295 return R; 2296} 2297 2298/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2299/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2300/// 2301/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2302static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2303 Scope *S, 2304 DeclContext *Owner, 2305 DeclarationName Name, 2306 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2307 unsigned diagnostic) { 2308 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2309 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2310 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2311 2312 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2313 return false; 2314 2315 // Pick a representative declaration. 2316 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2317 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2318 2319 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2320 return false; 2321 2322 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2323 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2324 2325 return true; 2326} 2327 2328/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2329/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2330/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2331/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2332/// struct, e.g., 2333/// 2334/// @code 2335/// union { 2336/// int i; 2337/// float f; 2338/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2339/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2340/// @endcode 2341/// 2342/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2343/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2344static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2345 DeclContext *Owner, 2346 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2347 AccessSpecifier AS, 2348 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2349 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2350 unsigned diagKind 2351 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2352 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2353 2354 bool Invalid = false; 2355 2356 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2357 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2358 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2359 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2360 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2361 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2362 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2363 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2364 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2365 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2366 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2367 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2368 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2369 Invalid = true; 2370 } else { 2371 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2372 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2373 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2374 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2375 // anonymous union is declared. 2376 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2377 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2378 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2379 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2380 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2381 else 2382 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2383 2384 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2385 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2386 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2387 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2388 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2389 2390 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2391 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2392 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2393 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2394 2395 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2396 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2397 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2398 2399 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2400 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2401 2402 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2403 } 2404 } 2405 } 2406 2407 return Invalid; 2408} 2409 2410/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2411/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2412/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2413static StorageClass 2414StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2415 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2416 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2417 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2418 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2419 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2420 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2421 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2422 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2423 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2424 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2425 } 2426 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2427} 2428 2429/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2430/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2431/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2432static StorageClass 2433StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2434 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2435 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2436 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2437 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2438 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2439 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2440 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2441 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2442 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2443 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2444 } 2445 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2446} 2447 2448/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2449/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2450/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2451/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2452Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2453 AccessSpecifier AS, 2454 RecordDecl *Record) { 2455 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2456 2457 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2458 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2459 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2460 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2461 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2462 2463 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2464 // structs/unions. 2465 bool Invalid = false; 2466 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2467 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2468 unsigned DiagID; 2469 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2470 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2471 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2472 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2473 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2474 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2475 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2476 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2477 Invalid = true; 2478 2479 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2480 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2481 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2482 } 2483 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2484 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2485 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2486 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2487 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2488 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2489 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2490 Invalid = true; 2491 2492 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2493 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2494 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2495 } 2496 2497 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2498 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2499 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2500 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2501 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2502 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2503 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2504 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2505 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2506 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2507 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2508 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2509 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2510 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2511 2512 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2513 } 2514 2515 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2516 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2517 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2518 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2519 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2520 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2521 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2522 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2523 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2524 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2525 // members (clause 11). 2526 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2527 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2528 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2529 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2530 Invalid = true; 2531 } 2532 2533 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2534 Invalid = true; 2535 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2536 // Any implicit members are fine. 2537 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2538 // This is a type that showed up in an 2539 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2540 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2541 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2542 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2543 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2544 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2545 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2546 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2547 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2548 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2549 else { 2550 // This is a nested type declaration. 2551 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2552 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2553 Invalid = true; 2554 } 2555 } 2556 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2557 // Any access specifier is fine. 2558 } else { 2559 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2560 // member. Complain about it. 2561 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2562 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2563 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2564 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2565 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2566 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2567 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2568 2569 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2570 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2571 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2572 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2573 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2574 else { 2575 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2576 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2577 Invalid = true; 2578 } 2579 } 2580 } 2581 } 2582 2583 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2584 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2585 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2586 Invalid = true; 2587 } 2588 2589 // Mock up a declarator. 2590 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2591 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2592 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2593 2594 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2595 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2596 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2597 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2598 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2599 Record->getLocation(), 2600 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2601 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2602 TInfo, 2603 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2604 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2605 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2606 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2607 } else { 2608 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2609 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2610 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2611 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2612 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2613 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2614 // an error here 2615 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2616 Invalid = true; 2617 SC = SC_None; 2618 } 2619 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2620 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2621 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2622 2623 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2624 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2625 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2626 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2627 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2628 } 2629 Anon->setImplicit(); 2630 2631 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2632 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2633 // its members. 2634 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2635 2636 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2637 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2638 // purposes. 2639 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2640 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2641 2642 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2643 Chain, false)) 2644 Invalid = true; 2645 2646 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2647 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2648 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2649 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2650 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2651 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2652 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2653 2654 if (Invalid) 2655 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2656 2657 return Anon; 2658} 2659 2660/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2661/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2662/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2663/// Example: 2664/// 2665/// struct A { int a; }; 2666/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2667/// 2668/// void foo() { 2669/// B var; 2670/// var.a = 3; 2671/// } 2672/// 2673Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2674 RecordDecl *Record) { 2675 2676 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2677 if (!Record) 2678 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2679 2680 // Mock up a declarator. 2681 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2682 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2683 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2684 2685 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2686 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2687 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2688 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2689 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2690 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2691 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2692 TInfo, 2693 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2694 Anon->setImplicit(); 2695 2696 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2697 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2698 2699 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2700 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2701 // purposes. 2702 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2703 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2704 2705 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2706 Record->getDefinition(), 2707 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2708 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2709 2710 return Anon; 2711} 2712 2713/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2714/// given Declarator. 2715DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2716 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2717} 2718 2719/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2720DeclarationNameInfo 2721Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2722 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2723 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2724 2725 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2726 2727 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2728 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2729 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2730 return NameInfo; 2731 2732 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2733 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2734 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2735 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2736 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2737 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2738 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2739 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2740 return NameInfo; 2741 2742 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2743 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2744 Name.Identifier)); 2745 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2746 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2747 return NameInfo; 2748 2749 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2750 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2751 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2752 if (Ty.isNull()) 2753 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2754 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2755 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2756 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2757 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2758 return NameInfo; 2759 } 2760 2761 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2763 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2764 if (Ty.isNull()) 2765 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2766 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2767 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2768 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2769 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2770 return NameInfo; 2771 } 2772 2773 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2774 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2775 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2776 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2777 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2778 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2779 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2780 2781 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2782 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2783 2784 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2785 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2786 // was qualified. 2787 2788 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2789 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2790 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2791 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2792 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2793 return NameInfo; 2794 } 2795 2796 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2797 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2798 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2799 if (Ty.isNull()) 2800 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2801 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2802 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2803 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2804 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2805 return NameInfo; 2806 } 2807 2808 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2809 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2810 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2811 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2812 } 2813 2814 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2815 2816 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2817 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2818} 2819 2820/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2821/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2822/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2823/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2824/// the class or namespace. 2825static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2826 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2827 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2828 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2829 return false; 2830 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2831 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2832 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2833 2834 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2835 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2836 return false; 2837 } 2838 2839 return true; 2840} 2841 2842/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2843/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2844/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2845/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2846/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2847static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2848 DeclarationName Name) { 2849 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2850 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2851 // - types which will become injected class names 2852 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2853 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2854 // few cases here. 2855 2856 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2857 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2858 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2859 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2860 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2861 // Grab the type from the parser. 2862 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2863 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2864 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2865 2866 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2867 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2868 // attached already. 2869 if (!TSI) 2870 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2871 2872 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2873 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2874 if (!TSI) return true; 2875 2876 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2877 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2878 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2879 break; 2880 } 2881 2882 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2883 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2884 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2885 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2886 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2887 break; 2888 } 2889 2890 default: 2891 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2892 break; 2893 } 2894 2895 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2896 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2897 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2898 2899 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2900 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2901 // pointer. 2902 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2903 continue; 2904 2905 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2906 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2907 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2908 return true; 2909 } 2910 2911 return false; 2912} 2913 2914Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2915 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2916} 2917 2918/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2919/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2920/// name different from T: 2921/// - every static data member of class T; 2922/// - every member function of class T 2923/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2924/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2925bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2926 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2927 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2928 2929 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2930 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2931 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2932 return true; 2933 } 2934 2935 return false; 2936} 2937 2938Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2939 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2940 bool IsFunctionDefinition, 2941 SourceLocation DefaultLoc) { 2942 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2943 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2944 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2945 2946 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2947 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2948 if (!Name) { 2949 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2950 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2951 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2952 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2953 return 0; 2954 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2955 return 0; 2956 2957 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2958 // we find one that is. 2959 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2960 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2961 S = S->getParent(); 2962 2963 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2964 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2965 D.setInvalidType(); 2966 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2967 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2968 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2969 return 0; 2970 2971 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2972 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2973 if (!DC) { 2974 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2975 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2976 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2977 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2978 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2979 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2980 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2981 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2982 return 0; 2983 } 2984 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2985 2986 if (!IsDependentContext && 2987 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2988 return 0; 2989 2990 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2991 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2992 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2993 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2994 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2995 D.setInvalidType(); 2996 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2997 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2998 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2999 // definition: 3000 // 3001 // class X { 3002 // void X::f(); 3003 // }; 3004 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3005 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3006 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3007 else 3008 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3009 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3010 3011 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3012 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3013 } 3014 } 3015 3016 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3017 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3018 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3019 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3020 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3021 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3022 D.setInvalidType(); 3023 } 3024 } 3025 3026 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3027 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3028 // Just return early; it's safer. 3029 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3030 return 0; 3031 3032 NamedDecl *New; 3033 3034 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3035 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3036 3037 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3038 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3039 D.setInvalidType(); 3040 3041 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3042 ForRedeclaration); 3043 3044 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3045 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3046 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3047 3048 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3049 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3050 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3051 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3052 /* Do nothing*/; 3053 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3054 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3055 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3056 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3057 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3058 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3059 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3060 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3061 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3062 3063 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3064 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3065 3066 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3067 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3068 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3069 3070 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3071 // out-of-line members. 3072 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3073 3074 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3075 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3076 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3077 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3078 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3079 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3080 // declarations namespace. 3081 // 3082 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3083 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3084 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3085 // 3086 // class X { 3087 // void f(); 3088 // void f(float); 3089 // }; 3090 // 3091 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3092 // 3093 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3094 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3095 // matches. 3096 3097 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3098 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3099 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3100 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3101 } else { 3102 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3103 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3104 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3105 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3106 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3107 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3108 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3109 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3110 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3111 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3112 else 3113 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3114 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3115 D.setInvalidType(); 3116 } 3117 } 3118 } 3119 3120 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3121 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3122 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3123 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3124 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3125 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3126 D.setInvalidType(); 3127 3128 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3129 Previous.clear(); 3130 } 3131 3132 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3133 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3134 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3135 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3136 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3137 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3138 Previous.clear(); 3139 3140 bool Redeclaration = false; 3141 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3142 if (DefaultLoc.isValid()) 3143 Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members); 3144 3145 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3146 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3147 return 0; 3148 } 3149 3150 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3151 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3152 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3153 move(TemplateParamLists), 3154 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration, 3155 DefaultLoc); 3156 } else { 3157 assert(!DefaultLoc.isValid() && "We should have caught this in a caller"); 3158 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3159 move(TemplateParamLists), 3160 Redeclaration); 3161 } 3162 3163 if (New == 0) 3164 return 0; 3165 3166 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3167 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3168 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3169 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3170 3171 return New; 3172} 3173 3174/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3175/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3176/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3177static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3178 ASTContext &Context, 3179 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3180 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3181 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3182 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3183 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3184 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3185 SizeIsNegative = false; 3186 Oversized = 0; 3187 3188 if (T->isDependentType()) 3189 return QualType(); 3190 3191 QualifierCollector Qs; 3192 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3193 3194 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3195 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3196 QualType FixedType = 3197 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3198 Oversized); 3199 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3200 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3201 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3202 } 3203 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3204 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3205 QualType FixedType = 3206 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3207 Oversized); 3208 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3209 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3210 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3211 } 3212 3213 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3214 if (!VLATy) 3215 return QualType(); 3216 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3217 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3218 return QualType(); 3219 3220 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3221 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3222 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3223 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3224 return QualType(); 3225 3226 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3227 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3228 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3229 SizeIsNegative = true; 3230 return QualType(); 3231 } 3232 3233 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3234 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3235 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3236 Res); 3237 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3238 Oversized = Res; 3239 return QualType(); 3240 } 3241 3242 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3243 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3244} 3245 3246/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3247/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3248void 3249Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3250 const LookupResult &Previous, 3251 Scope *S) { 3252 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3253 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3254 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3255 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3256 3257 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3258 return; 3259 3260 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3261 3262 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3263 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3264 // declaration. 3265 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3266 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3267 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3268 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3269 S = S->getParent(); 3270 3271 if (S) 3272 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3273 } 3274} 3275 3276/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3277/// does not identify a function. 3278void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3279 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3280 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3281 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3282 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3283 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3284 3285 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3286 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3287 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3288 3289 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3290 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3291 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3292} 3293 3294NamedDecl* 3295Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3296 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3297 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3298 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3299 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3300 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3301 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3302 D.setInvalidType(); 3303 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3304 DC = CurContext; 3305 Previous.clear(); 3306 } 3307 3308 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3309 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3310 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3311 } 3312 3313 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3314 3315 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3316 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3317 3318 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3319 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3320 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3321 return 0; 3322 } 3323 3324 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3325 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3326 3327 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3328 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3329 3330 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3331 3332 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3333} 3334 3335void 3336Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3337 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3338 // then it shall have block scope. 3339 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3340 // that redeclarations will match. 3341 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3342 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3343 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3344 3345 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3346 bool SizeIsNegative; 3347 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3348 QualType FixedTy = 3349 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3350 Oversized); 3351 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3352 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3353 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3354 } else { 3355 if (SizeIsNegative) 3356 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3357 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3358 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3359 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3360 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3361 else 3362 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3363 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3364 } 3365 } 3366 } 3367} 3368 3369 3370/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3371/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3372/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3373NamedDecl* 3374Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3375 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3376 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3377 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3378 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3379 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3380 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3381 Redeclaration = true; 3382 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3383 } 3384 3385 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3386 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3387 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3388 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3389 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3390 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3391 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3392 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3393 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3394 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3395 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3396 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3397 } 3398 3399 return NewTD; 3400} 3401 3402/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3403/// previous declaration. 3404/// 3405/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3406/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3407/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3408/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3409/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3410/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3411/// 3412/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3413/// lookup 3414/// 3415/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3416/// declared. 3417/// 3418/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3419/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3420static bool 3421isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3422 ASTContext &Context) { 3423 if (!PrevDecl) 3424 return false; 3425 3426 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3427 return false; 3428 3429 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3430 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3431 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3432 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3433 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3434 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3435 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3436 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3437 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3438 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3439 return false; 3440 3441 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3442 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3443 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3444 return false; 3445 3446 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3447 // previous declarations. 3448 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3449 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3450 3451 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3452 // isn't the same function. 3453 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3454 return false; 3455 } 3456 3457 return true; 3458} 3459 3460static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3461 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3462 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3463 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3464} 3465 3466NamedDecl* 3467Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3468 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3469 LookupResult &Previous, 3470 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3471 bool &Redeclaration) { 3472 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3473 3474 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3476 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3477 3478 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3479 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3480 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3481 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3482 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3483 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3484 // an error here 3485 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3486 D.setInvalidType(); 3487 SC = SC_None; 3488 } 3489 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3490 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3491 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3492 3493 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3494 if (!II) { 3495 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3496 << Name.getAsString(); 3497 return 0; 3498 } 3499 3500 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3501 3502 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3503 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3504 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3505 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3506 3507 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3508 // is a GNU extension. 3509 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3510 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3511 else 3512 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3513 D.setInvalidType(); 3514 } 3515 } 3516 3517 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3518 VarDecl *NewVD; 3519 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3520 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3521 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3522 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3523 3524 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3525 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3526 } else { 3527 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3528 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3529 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3530 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3531 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3532 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3533 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3534 SC = SC_Static; 3535 } 3536 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3537 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3538 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3539 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3540 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3541 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3542 3543 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3544 // the program is ill-formed. 3545 // 3546 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3547 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3548 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3549 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3550 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3551 } 3552 } 3553 3554 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3555 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3556 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3557 bool Invalid = false; 3558 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3559 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3560 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3561 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3562 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3563 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3564 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3565 /*never a friend*/ false, 3566 isExplicitSpecialization, 3567 Invalid)) { 3568 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3569 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3570 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3571 << II 3572 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3573 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3574 return 0; 3575 } else { 3576 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3577 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3578 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3579 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3580 << II 3581 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3582 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3583 } 3584 } 3585 3586 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3587 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3588 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3589 3590 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3591 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3592 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3593 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3594 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3595 3596 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3597 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3598 3599 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3600 3601 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3602 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3603 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3604 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3605 } 3606 } 3607 3608 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3609 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3610 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3611 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3612 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3613 else 3614 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3615 } 3616 3617 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3618 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3619 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3620 3621 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3622 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3623 3624 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3625 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3626 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3627 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3628 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3629 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3630 switch (SC) { 3631 case SC_None: 3632 case SC_Auto: 3633 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3634 break; 3635 case SC_Register: 3636 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3637 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3638 break; 3639 case SC_Static: 3640 case SC_Extern: 3641 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3642 break; 3643 } 3644 } 3645 3646 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3647 Context, Label)); 3648 } 3649 3650 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3651 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3652 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3653 3654 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3655 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3656 // declaration has linkage). 3657 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3658 isExplicitSpecialization); 3659 3660 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3661 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3662 else { 3663 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3664 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3665 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3666 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3667 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3668 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3669 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3670 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3671 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3672 Previous.clear(); 3673 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3674 } 3675 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3676 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3677 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3678 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3679 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3680 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 } 3682 3683 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3684 3685 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3686 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3687 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3688 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3689 } 3690 3691 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3692 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3693 // here. 3694 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3695 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3696 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3697 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3698 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3699 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3700 } 3701 } 3702 3703 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3704 // such variables. 3705 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3706 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3707 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3708 3709 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3710 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3711 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3712 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3713 3714 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3715 3716 return NewVD; 3717} 3718 3719/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3720/// -Wshadow. 3721/// 3722/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3723/// scope. 3724/// 3725/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3726/// \param R the lookup of the name 3727/// 3728void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3729 // Return if warning is ignored. 3730 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3731 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3732 return; 3733 3734 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3735 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3736 return; 3737 3738 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3739 3740 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3741 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3742 return; 3743 3744 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3745 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3746 return; 3747 3748 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3749 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3750 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3751 if (MD->isStatic()) 3752 return; 3753 3754 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3755 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3756 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3757 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3758 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3759 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3760 I != E; ++I) 3761 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3762 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3763 break; 3764 } 3765 } 3766 3767 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3768 3769 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3770 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3771 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3772 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3773 return; 3774 3775 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3776 // static data members from base classes? 3777 3778 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3779 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3780 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3781 } 3782 3783 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3784 unsigned Kind; 3785 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3786 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3787 Kind = 3; // field 3788 else 3789 Kind = 2; // static data member 3790 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3791 Kind = 1; // global 3792 else 3793 Kind = 0; // local 3794 3795 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3796 3797 // Emit warning and note. 3798 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3799 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3800} 3801 3802/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3803void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3804 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3805 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3806 return; 3807 3808 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3809 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3810 LookupName(R, S); 3811 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3812} 3813 3814/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3815/// declaration. 3816/// 3817/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3818/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3819/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3820/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3821/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3822/// 3823/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3824void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3825 LookupResult &Previous, 3826 bool &Redeclaration) { 3827 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3828 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3829 return; 3830 3831 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3832 3833 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3834 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3835 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3836 } 3837 3838 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3839 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3840 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3841 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3842 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3843 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3844 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3845 } 3846 3847 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3848 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3849 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3850 3851 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3852 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3853 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3854 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3855 3856 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3857 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3858 bool SizeIsNegative; 3859 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3860 QualType FixedTy = 3861 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3862 Oversized); 3863 3864 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3865 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3866 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3867 // int a[10][n]; 3868 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3869 3870 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3871 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3872 << SizeRange; 3873 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3874 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3875 << SizeRange; 3876 else 3877 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3878 << SizeRange; 3879 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3880 } 3881 3882 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3883 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3884 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3885 else 3886 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3887 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3888 } 3889 3890 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3891 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3892 } 3893 3894 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3895 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3896 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3897 // declaration with the same name. 3898 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3899 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3900 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3901 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3902 } 3903 3904 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3905 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3906 << T; 3907 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3908 } 3909 3910 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3911 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3912 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3913 } 3914 3915 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3916 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3917 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3918 } 3919 3920 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3921 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3922 QualType Pointee; 3923 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3924 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3925 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3926 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3927 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3928 PtrOrRef = 1; 3929 } 3930 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3931 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3932 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3933 << PtrOrRef; 3934 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3935 } 3936 3937 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3938 Redeclaration = true; 3939 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3940 } 3941} 3942 3943/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3944struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3945 Sema *S; 3946 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3947}; 3948 3949/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3950/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3951/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3952static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3953 CXXBasePath &Path, 3954 void *UserData) { 3955 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3956 3957 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3958 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3959 3960 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3961 3962 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3963 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3964 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3965 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3966 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3967 3968 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3969 } 3970 3971 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3972 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3973 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3974 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3975 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3976 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3977 return true; 3978 } 3979 } 3980 3981 return false; 3982} 3983 3984/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3985/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3986bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3987 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3988 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3989 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3990 Data.Method = MD; 3991 Data.S = this; 3992 bool AddedAny = false; 3993 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3994 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3995 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3996 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3997 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3998 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3999 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4000 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4001 AddedAny = true; 4002 } 4003 } 4004 } 4005 } 4006 4007 return AddedAny; 4008} 4009 4010static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 4011 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 4012 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4013 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 4014 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4015 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4016 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4017 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4018 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 4019 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 4020 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4021 } 4022} 4023 4024NamedDecl* 4025Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4026 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4027 LookupResult &Previous, 4028 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4029 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration, 4030 SourceLocation DefaultLoc) { 4031 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4032 4033 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4034 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4035 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4036 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4037 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4038 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4039 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4040 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4041 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4042 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4043 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4044 D.setInvalidType(); 4045 break; 4046 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4047 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4048 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4049 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4050 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4051 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4052 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4053 // other than extern 4054 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4055 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4056 diag::err_static_block_func); 4057 SC = SC_None; 4058 } else 4059 SC = SC_Static; 4060 break; 4061 } 4062 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4063 } 4064 4065 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4066 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4067 4068 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4069 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4070 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4071 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4072 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4073 D.setInvalidType(); 4074 } 4075 4076 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4077 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4078 bool isFriend = false; 4079 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4080 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4081 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4082 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4083 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4084 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4085 4086 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4087 assert(!DefaultLoc.isValid() && "Defaulted functions are a C++ feature"); 4088 4089 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4090 // prototype. This true when: 4091 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4092 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4093 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4094 bool HasPrototype = 4095 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4096 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4097 4098 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4099 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4100 HasPrototype); 4101 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4102 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4103 4104 // Set the lexical context. 4105 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4106 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4107 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4108 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4109 } else { 4110 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4111 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4112 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4113 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4114 4115 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4116 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4117 // the class has been completely parsed. 4118 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4119 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4120 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4121 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4122 AbstractReturnType)) 4123 D.setInvalidType(); 4124 4125 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4126 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4127 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4128 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4129 4130 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4131 4132 // Create the new declaration 4133 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4134 Context, 4135 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4136 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4137 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4138 isExplicit, isInline, 4139 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4140 4141 NewFD = NewCD; 4142 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4143 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4144 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4145 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4146 4147 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 4148 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4149 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4150 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4151 isInline, 4152 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4153 isVirtualOkay = true; 4154 } else { 4155 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4156 4157 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4158 // code path. 4159 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4160 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4161 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4162 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4163 D.setInvalidType(); 4164 } 4165 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4166 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4167 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4168 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4169 return 0; 4170 } 4171 4172 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4173 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4174 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4175 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4176 isInline, isExplicit, 4177 SourceLocation()); 4178 4179 isVirtualOkay = true; 4180 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4181 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4182 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4183 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4184 // constructor if it has no return type). 4185 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4186 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4187 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4188 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4189 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4190 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4191 return 0; 4192 } 4193 4194 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4195 4196 // [class.free]p1: 4197 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4198 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4199 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4200 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4201 isStatic = true; 4202 4203 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4204 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4205 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4206 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4207 isStatic = true; 4208 4209 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4210 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4211 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4212 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4213 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4214 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4215 SourceLocation()); 4216 NewFD = NewMD; 4217 4218 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4219 } else { 4220 if (DefaultLoc.isValid()) 4221 Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members); 4222 4223 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4224 // prototype. This true when: 4225 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4226 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4227 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4228 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4229 } 4230 4231 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4232 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4233 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4234 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4235 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4236 } 4237 4238 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4239 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4240 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4241 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4242 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4243 4244 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4245 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4246 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4247 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4248 4249 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4250 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4251 bool Invalid = false; 4252 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4253 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4254 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4255 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4256 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4257 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4258 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4259 isFriend, 4260 isExplicitSpecialization, 4261 Invalid)) { 4262 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4263 // This is a function template 4264 4265 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4266 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4267 return 0; 4268 4269 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4270 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4271 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4272 return 0; 4273 } 4274 4275 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4276 NewFD->getLocation(), 4277 Name, TemplateParams, 4278 NewFD); 4279 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4280 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4281 4282 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4283 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4284 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4285 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4286 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4287 } 4288 } else { 4289 // This is a function template specialization. 4290 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4291 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4292 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4293 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4294 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4295 4296 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4297 if (isFriend) { 4298 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4299 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4300 4301 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4302 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4303 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4304 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4305 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4306 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4307 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4308 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4309 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4310 } 4311 4312 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4313 << Name << RemoveRange 4314 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4315 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4316 } 4317 } 4318 } 4319 else { 4320 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4321 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4322 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4323 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4324 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4325 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4326 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4327 } 4328 4329 if (Invalid) { 4330 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4331 if (FunctionTemplate) 4332 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4333 } 4334 4335 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4336 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4337 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4338 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4339 // 4340 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4341 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4342 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4343 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4344 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4345 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4346 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4347 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4348 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4349 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4350 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4351 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4352 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4353 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4354 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4355 } else { 4356 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4357 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4358 } 4359 } 4360 4361 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4362 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4363 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4364 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4365 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4366 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4367 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4368 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4369 } 4370 } 4371 4372 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4373 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4374 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4375 // and 12.3.2. 4376 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4377 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4378 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4379 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4380 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4381 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4382 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4383 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4384 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4385 // or conversion function. 4386 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4387 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4388 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4389 } 4390 } 4391 4392 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4393 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4394 isExplicitSpecialization || 4395 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4396 4397 if (isFriend) { 4398 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4399 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4400 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4401 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4402 } 4403 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4404 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4405 } 4406 4407 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4408 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4409 // definition. 4410 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4411 } 4412 4413 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4414 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4415 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4416 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4417 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4418 // the class. 4419 4420 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4421 // member function definition. 4422 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4423 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4424 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4425 } 4426 } 4427 4428 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4429 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4430 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4431 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4432 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4433 SE->getString())); 4434 } 4435 4436 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4437 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4438 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4439 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4440 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4441 4442 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4443 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4444 // single void argument. 4445 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4446 // already checks for that case. 4447 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4448 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4449 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4450 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4451 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4452 4453 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4454 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4455 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4456 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4457 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4458 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4459 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4460 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4461 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4462 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4463 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4464 << IsTypeAlias; 4465 } 4466 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4467 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4468 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4469 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4470 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4471 Params.push_back(Param); 4472 4473 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4474 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4475 } 4476 } 4477 4478 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4479 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4480 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4481 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4482 // 4483 // @code 4484 // typedef void fn(int); 4485 // fn f; 4486 // @endcode 4487 4488 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4489 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4490 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4491 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4492 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4493 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4494 Params.push_back(Param); 4495 } 4496 } else { 4497 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4498 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4499 } 4500 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4501 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4502 4503 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4504 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4505 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4506 4507 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4508 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4509 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4510 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4511 Redeclaration); 4512 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4513 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4514 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4515 } else { 4516 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4517 // argument list into our AST format. 4518 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4519 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4520 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4521 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4522 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4523 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4524 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4525 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4526 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4527 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4528 TemplateArgs); 4529 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4530 4531 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4532 4533 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4534 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4535 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4536 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4537 4538 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4539 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4540 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4541 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4542 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4543 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4544 // too few of them). 4545 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4546 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4547 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4548 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4549 "template<> "); 4550 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4551 } else { 4552 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4553 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4554 } 4555 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4556 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4557 // wrote something like: 4558 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4559 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4560 // friend void foo<>(int); 4561 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4562 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4563 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4564 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4565 } 4566 4567 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4568 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4569 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4570 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4571 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4572 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4573 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4574 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4575 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4576 Previous)) 4577 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4578 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4579 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4580 && !isFriend) { 4581 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4582 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4583 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4584 return 0; 4585 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4586 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4587 Previous)) 4588 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4589 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4590 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4591 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4592 } 4593 4594 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4595 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4596 Redeclaration); 4597 4598 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4599 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4600 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4601 4602 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4603 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4604 : NewFD); 4605 4606 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4607 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4608 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4609 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4610 4611 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4612 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4613 4614 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4615 } 4616 4617 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4618 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4619 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4620 4621 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4622 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4623 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4624 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4625 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4626 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4627 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4628 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4629 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4630 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4631 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4632 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4633 DC->isDependentContext()) 4634 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4635 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4636 } 4637 4638 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4639 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4640 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4641 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4642 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4643 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4644 4645 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4646 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4647 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4648 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4649 4650 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4651 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4652 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4653 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4654 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4655 // can actually do this check immediately. 4656 if (isFriend && 4657 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4658 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4659 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4660 // ignore these 4661 } else { 4662 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4663 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4664 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4665 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4666 // 4667 // class X { 4668 // void f() const; 4669 // }; 4670 // 4671 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4672 // 4673 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4674 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4675 // whether the parameter types are references). 4676 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4677 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4678 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4679 4680 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4681 } 4682 4683 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4684 // to something. 4685 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4686 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4687 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4688 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4689 } 4690 4691 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4692 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4693 !isExplicitSpecialization && !DefaultLoc.isValid()) { 4694 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4695 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4696 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4697 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4698 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4699 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4700 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4701 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4702 } 4703 } 4704 4705 4706 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4707 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4708 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4709 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4710 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4711 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4712 4713 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4714 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4715 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4716 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4717 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4718 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4719 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4720 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4721 } 4722 } 4723 4724 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4725 4726 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4727 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4728 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4729 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4730 << NewFD; 4731 4732 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4733 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4734 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4735 EPI.Variadic = true; 4736 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4737 4738 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4739 NewFD->setType(R); 4740 } 4741 4742 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4743 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4744 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4745 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4746 4747 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4748 // map of such names. 4749 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4750 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4751 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4752 4753 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4754 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4755 4756 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4757 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4758 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4759 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4760 return FunctionTemplate; 4761 } 4762 } 4763 4764 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4765 4766 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4767 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4768 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4769 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4770 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4771 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4772 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4773 4774 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4775 } 4776 } 4777 4778 // Check explicitly defaulted methods 4779 // FIXME: This could be made better through CXXSpecialMember if it did 4780 // default constructors (which it should rather than any constructor). 4781 if (NewFD && DefaultLoc.isValid() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4782 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4783 if (CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 4784 if (CD->isDefaultConstructor() || CD->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) { 4785 CD->setDefaulted(); 4786 CD->setExplicitlyDefaulted(); 4787 if (CD != CD->getCanonicalDecl() && CD->isDefaultConstructor()) 4788 CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(CD); 4789 // FIXME: Do copy/move ctors here. 4790 } else { 4791 Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members); 4792 } 4793 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 4794 DD->setDefaulted(); 4795 DD->setExplicitlyDefaulted(); 4796 // FIXME: Add a checking method 4797 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() /* || 4798 MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator() */) { 4799 MD->setDefaulted(); 4800 MD->setExplicitlyDefaulted(); 4801 // FIXME: Add a checking method 4802 } else { 4803 Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members); 4804 } 4805 } 4806 } 4807 4808 return NewFD; 4809} 4810 4811/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4812/// 4813/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4814/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4815/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4816/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4817/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4818/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4819/// via InstantiateDecl). 4820/// 4821/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4822/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4823/// 4824/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4825void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4826 LookupResult &Previous, 4827 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4828 bool &Redeclaration) { 4829 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4830 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4831 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4832 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4833 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4834 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4835 4836 return; 4837 } 4838 4839 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4840 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4841 // because all functions have linkage. 4842 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4843 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4844 } 4845 4846 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4847 CheckMain(NewFD); 4848 4849 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4850 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4851 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4852 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4853 // declaration with the same name. 4854 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4855 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4856 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4857 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4858 } 4859 4860 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4861 // the same name, if appropriate. 4862 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4863 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4864 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4865 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4866 // function to the scope. 4867 4868 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4869 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4870 Redeclaration = true; 4871 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4872 } else { 4873 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4874 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4875 case Ovl_Match: 4876 Redeclaration = true; 4877 break; 4878 4879 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4880 Redeclaration = true; 4881 break; 4882 4883 case Ovl_Overload: 4884 Redeclaration = false; 4885 break; 4886 } 4887 4888 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4889 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4890 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4891 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4892 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4893 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4894 if (Redeclaration) 4895 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4896 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4897 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4898 if (OverloadedDecl) 4899 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4900 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4901 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4902 Context)); 4903 } 4904 } 4905 4906 if (Redeclaration) { 4907 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4908 // merged. 4909 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4910 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4911 4912 Previous.clear(); 4913 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4914 4915 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4916 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4917 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4918 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4919 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4920 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4921 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4922 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4923 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4924 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4925 } 4926 4927 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4928 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4929 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4930 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4931 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4932 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4933 } 4934 } else { 4935 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4936 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4937 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4938 } 4939 } 4940 } 4941 4942 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4943 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4944 // C++-specific checks. 4945 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4946 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4947 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4948 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4949 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4950 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4951 4952 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4953 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4954 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4955 DeclarationName Name 4956 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4957 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4958 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4959 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4960 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4961 } 4962 } 4963 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4964 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4965 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4966 } 4967 4968 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4969 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4970 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4971 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4972 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4973 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4974 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4975 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4976 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4977 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4978 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4979 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4980 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4981 ++Overridden) { 4982 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4983 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4984 } 4985 } 4986 } 4987 } 4988 } 4989 4990 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4991 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4992 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4993 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4994 4995 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4996 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4997 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4998 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4999 5000 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5001 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5002 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5003 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5004 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5005 5006 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5007 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5008 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5009 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5010 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5011 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5012 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5013 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5014 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5015 } 5016 } 5017 } 5018} 5019 5020void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 5021 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5022 // or static is ill-formed. 5023 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5024 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5025 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5026 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 5027 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 5028 if (isInline || isStatic) { 5029 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 5030 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5031 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 5032 5033 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 5034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 5035 } 5036 5037 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5038 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5039 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5040 5041 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5042 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5043 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5044 } 5045 5046 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5047 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5048 5049 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5050 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5051 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5052 5053 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5054 5055 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5056 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5057 // getting shifty. 5058 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5059 HasExtraParameters = false; 5060 5061 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5062 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5063 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5064 nparams = 3; 5065 } 5066 5067 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5068 // if we had some location information about types. 5069 5070 QualType CharPP = 5071 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5072 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5073 5074 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5075 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5076 5077 bool mismatch = true; 5078 5079 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5080 mismatch = false; 5081 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5082 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5083 // char const ** 5084 // char const * const * 5085 // char * const * 5086 5087 QualifierCollector qs; 5088 const PointerType* PT; 5089 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5090 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5091 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5092 qs.removeConst(); 5093 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5094 } 5095 } 5096 5097 if (mismatch) { 5098 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5099 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5100 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5101 } 5102 } 5103 5104 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5105 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5106 } 5107 5108 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5109 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5110 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5111 } 5112} 5113 5114bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5115 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5116 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5117 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5118 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5119 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5120 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5121 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5122 // rules there don't matter.) 5123 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5124 return false; 5125 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5126 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5127 return true; 5128} 5129 5130namespace { 5131 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5132 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5133 class SelfReferenceChecker 5134 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5135 Sema &S; 5136 Decl *OrigDecl; 5137 5138 public: 5139 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5140 5141 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5142 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5143 5144 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5145 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5146 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5147 } 5148 5149 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5150 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5151 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5152 } 5153 5154 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5155 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5156 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5157 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5158 if (!DRE) return; 5159 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5160 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5161 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5162 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5163 S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5164 << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5165 << SubExpr->getSourceRange(); 5166 } 5167 }; 5168} 5169 5170/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5171/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5172/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5173void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5174 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5175 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5176 // the initializer. 5177 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5178 return; 5179 5180 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5181 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5182 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5183 // by a dataflow analysis. 5184 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5185 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5186 } 5187 else { 5188 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5189 } 5190 5191 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5192 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5193 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5194 // Thus this grotesque test. 5195 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5196 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5197 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5198 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5199 else { 5200 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5201 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5202 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5203 } 5204 return; 5205 } 5206 5207 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5208 if (!VDecl) { 5209 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5210 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 5211 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 5212 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 5213 else 5214 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5215 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5216 return; 5217 } 5218 5219 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5220 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5221 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5222 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5223 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5224 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5225 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5226 if (!DeducedType) { 5227 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5228 return; 5229 } 5230 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5231 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5232 5233 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5234 // the previously declared type. 5235 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5236 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5237 } 5238 5239 5240 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5241 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5242 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5243 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5244 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5245 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5246 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5247 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5248 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5249 return; 5250 } 5251 5252 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5253 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5254 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5255 AbstractVariableType)) 5256 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5257 5258 const VarDecl *Def; 5259 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5260 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5261 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5262 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5263 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5264 return; 5265 } 5266 5267 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5268 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5269 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5270 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5271 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5272 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5273 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5274 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5275 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5276 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5277 // 5278 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5279 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5280 // declaration with an initializer. 5281 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5282 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5283 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5284 return; 5285 } 5286 5287 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5288 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5289 5290 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5291 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5292 return; 5293 } 5294 } 5295 5296 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5297 // initialization. 5298 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5299 5300 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5301 InitializationKind Kind 5302 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5303 Init->getLocStart(), 5304 Init->getLocEnd()) 5305 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5306 Init->getLocStart()); 5307 5308 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5309 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5310 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5311 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5312 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5313 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5314 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5315 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5316 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5317 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5318 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5319 &DclT); 5320 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5321 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5322 return; 5323 } 5324 5325 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5326 5327 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5328 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5329 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5330 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5331 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5332 } 5333 } 5334 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5335 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5336 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5337 // 5338 // struct S { 5339 // static const int value = 17; 5340 // }; 5341 5342 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5343 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5344 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5345 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5346 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5347 &DclT); 5348 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5349 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5350 return; 5351 } 5352 5353 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5354 } 5355 5356 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5357 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5358 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5359 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5360 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5361 5362 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5363 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5364 5365 // Require constness. 5366 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5367 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5368 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5369 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5370 5371 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5372 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5373 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 5374 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5375 llvm::APSInt Value; 5376 SourceLocation Loc; 5377 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 5378 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5379 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5380 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5381 } 5382 } 5383 5384 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5385 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5386 // implement fully. 5387 } else { 5388 bool Allowed = false; 5389 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5390 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5391 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5392 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5393 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5394 Allowed = true; 5395 } 5396 5397 if (!Allowed) { 5398 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5399 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5400 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5401 5402 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5403 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5404 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5405 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5406 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5407 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5408 } 5409 } 5410 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5411 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5412 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5413 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5414 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5415 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5416 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5417 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5418 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5419 &DclT); 5420 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5421 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5422 return; 5423 } 5424 5425 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5426 } 5427 5428 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5429 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5430 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5431 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5432 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5433 } 5434 } 5435 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5436 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5437 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5438 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5439 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5440 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5441 Init->setType(DclT); 5442 } 5443 5444 5445 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5446 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5447 // global/static definition. 5448 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5449 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5450 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5451 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5452 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5453 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5454 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5455 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5456 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5457 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5458 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5459 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5460 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5461 } 5462 } 5463 } 5464 5465 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5466 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5467 5468 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5469 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5470 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5471 5472 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5473} 5474 5475/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5476/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5477/// of sanity. 5478void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5479 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5480 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5481 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5482 5483 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5484 if (!VD) return; 5485 5486 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5487 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5488 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5489 return; 5490 } 5491 5492 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5493 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5494 5495 // Require a complete type. 5496 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5497 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5498 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5499 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5500 return; 5501 } 5502 5503 // Require an abstract type. 5504 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5505 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5506 AbstractVariableType)) { 5507 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5508 return; 5509 } 5510 5511 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5512 // though. 5513} 5514 5515void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5516 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5517 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5518 if (RealDecl == 0) 5519 return; 5520 5521 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5522 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5523 5524 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5525 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5526 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5527 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5528 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5529 return; 5530 } 5531 5532 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5533 case VarDecl::Definition: 5534 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5535 break; 5536 5537 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5538 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5539 // a declaration. 5540 // 5541 // Fall through 5542 5543 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5544 // It's only a declaration. 5545 5546 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5547 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5548 // object shall be complete. 5549 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5550 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5551 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5552 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5553 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5554 5555 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5556 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5557 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5558 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5559 AbstractVariableType)) 5560 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5561 return; 5562 5563 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5564 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5565 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5566 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5567 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5568 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5569 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5570 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5571 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5572 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5573 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5574 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5575 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5576 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5577 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5578 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5579 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5580 // NOTE: code such as the following 5581 // static struct s; 5582 // struct s { int a; }; 5583 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5584 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5585 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5586 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5587 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5588 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5589 } 5590 } 5591 5592 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5593 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5594 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5595 return; 5596 } 5597 5598 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5599 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5600 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5601 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5602 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5603 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5604 return; 5605 } 5606 5607 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5608 // definitions with reference type. 5609 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5610 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5611 << Var->getDeclName() 5612 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5613 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5614 return; 5615 } 5616 5617 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5618 // variable with dependent type. 5619 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5620 return; 5621 5622 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5623 return; 5624 5625 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5626 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5627 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5628 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5629 return; 5630 } 5631 5632 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5633 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5634 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5635 AbstractVariableType)) { 5636 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5637 return; 5638 } 5639 5640 const RecordType *Record 5641 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5642 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5643 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5644 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5645 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5646 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5647 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5648 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5649 // type shall have a user-declared default 5650 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5651 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5652 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5653 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5654 // program is ill-formed. 5655 } else { 5656 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5657 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5658 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5659 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 5660 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5661 5662 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5663 InitializationKind Kind 5664 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5665 5666 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5667 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5668 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5669 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5670 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5671 else if (Init.get()) 5672 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5673 } 5674 5675 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5676 } 5677} 5678 5679void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5680 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5681 if (!VD) { 5682 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5683 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5684 return; 5685 } 5686 5687 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5688 5689 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5690 int Error = -1; 5691 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5692 case SC_None: 5693 break; 5694 case SC_Extern: 5695 Error = 0; 5696 break; 5697 case SC_Static: 5698 Error = 1; 5699 break; 5700 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5701 Error = 2; 5702 break; 5703 case SC_Auto: 5704 Error = 3; 5705 break; 5706 case SC_Register: 5707 Error = 4; 5708 break; 5709 } 5710 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5711 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5712 // Error = 5; 5713 if (Error != -1) { 5714 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5715 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5716 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5717 } 5718} 5719 5720void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5721 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5722 5723 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5724 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5725 5726 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5727 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5728 5729 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5730 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5731 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5732 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5733 5734 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5735 // constructing this copy. 5736 QualType type = var->getType(); 5737 5738 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5739 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5740 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5741 ExprResult result = 5742 PerformCopyInitialization( 5743 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5744 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5745 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5746 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5747 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5748 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5749 } 5750 } 5751 } 5752 5753 // Check for global constructors. 5754 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5755 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5756 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5757 var->getInit() && 5758 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5759 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5760 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5761 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5762 5763 // Require the destructor. 5764 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5765 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5766} 5767 5768/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5769/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5770void 5771Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5772 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5773 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5774} 5775 5776Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5777Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5778 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5779 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5780 5781 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5782 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5783 5784 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5785 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5786 Decls.push_back(D); 5787 5788 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5789 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5790} 5791 5792/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5793/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5794Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5795Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5796 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5797 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5798 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5799 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5800 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5801 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5802 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5803 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5804 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5805 QualType Deduced; 5806 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5807 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5808 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5809 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5810 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5811 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5812 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5813 break; 5814 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5815 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5816 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5817 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5818 Deduced = U; 5819 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5820 DeducedDecl = D; 5821 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5822 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5823 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5824 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5825 << U << D->getDeclName() 5826 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5827 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5828 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5829 break; 5830 } 5831 } 5832 } 5833 } 5834 } 5835 5836 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5837} 5838 5839 5840/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5841/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5842Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5843 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5844 5845 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5846 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5847 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5848 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5849 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5850 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5851 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5852 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5853 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5854 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5855 } 5856 5857 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5858 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5859 5860 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5861 5862 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5863 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5864 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5865 5866 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5867 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5868 // parameter. 5869 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5870 5871 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5872 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5873 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5874 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5875 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5876 } 5877 5878 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5879 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5880 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5881 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5882 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5883 } 5884 } 5885 5886 // Ensure we have a valid name 5887 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5888 if (D.hasName()) { 5889 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5890 if (!II) { 5891 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5892 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5893 D.setInvalidType(true); 5894 } 5895 } 5896 5897 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5898 if (II) { 5899 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5900 ForRedeclaration); 5901 LookupName(R, S); 5902 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5903 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5904 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5905 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5906 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5907 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5908 PrevDecl = 0; 5909 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5910 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5911 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5912 5913 // Recover by removing the name 5914 II = 0; 5915 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5916 D.setInvalidType(true); 5917 } 5918 } 5919 } 5920 5921 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5922 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5923 // looking like class members in C++. 5924 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5925 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5926 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5927 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5928 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5929 5930 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5931 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5932 5933 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 5934 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 5935 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 5936 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 5937 5938 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5939 S->AddDecl(New); 5940 if (II) 5941 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5942 5943 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5944 5945 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5946 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5947 } 5948 return New; 5949} 5950 5951/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5952/// typedef. 5953ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5954 SourceLocation Loc, 5955 QualType T) { 5956 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5957 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5958 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5959 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5960 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5961 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5962 Param->setImplicit(); 5963 return Param; 5964} 5965 5966void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5967 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5968 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5969 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5970 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5971 return; 5972 5973 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5974 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5975 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5976 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5977 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5978 } 5979 } 5980} 5981 5982void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5983 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5984 QualType ReturnTy, 5985 NamedDecl *D) { 5986 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5987 return; 5988 5989 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5990 // threshold. 5991 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5992 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5993 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5994 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5995 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5996 } 5997 5998 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5999 // threshold. 6000 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6001 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6002 if (!T->isPODType()) 6003 continue; 6004 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6005 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6006 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6007 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6008 } 6009} 6010 6011ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6012 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6013 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6014 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6015 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6016 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6017 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 6018 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6019 0); 6020 6021 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6022 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6023 // the class has been completely parsed. 6024 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6025 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6026 AbstractParamType)) 6027 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6028 6029 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6030 // passed by reference. 6031 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6032 Diag(NameLoc, 6033 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 6034 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6035 } 6036 6037 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6038 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6039 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6040 // an address space. 6041 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6042 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6043 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6044 } 6045 6046 return New; 6047} 6048 6049void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6050 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6051 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6052 6053 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6054 // for a K&R function. 6055 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6056 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6057 --i; 6058 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6059 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6060 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6061 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6062 << ";\n"; 6063 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6064 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6065 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6066 6067 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6068 // type. 6069 AttributeFactory attrs; 6070 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6071 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6072 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6073 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6074 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6075 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6076 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6077 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6078 } 6079 } 6080 } 6081} 6082 6083Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6084 Declarator &D) { 6085 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6086 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6087 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6088 6089 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6090 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6091 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6092 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6093} 6094 6095static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6096 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6097 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6098 return false; 6099 6100 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6101 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6102 return false; 6103 6104 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6105 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6106 return false; 6107 6108 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6109 if (FD->isMain()) 6110 return false; 6111 6112 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6113 if (FD->isInlined()) 6114 return false; 6115 6116 // Don't warn about function templates. 6117 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6118 return false; 6119 6120 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6121 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6122 return false; 6123 6124 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6125 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6126 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6127 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6128 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6129 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6130 continue; 6131 6132 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6133 break; 6134 } 6135 6136 return MissingPrototype; 6137} 6138 6139void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6140 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6141 // was an extern inline function. 6142 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6143 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6144 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6145 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6146 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6147 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6148 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6149 else 6150 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6151 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6152 } 6153} 6154 6155Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6156 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6157 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6158 6159 if (!D) 6160 return D; 6161 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6162 6163 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6164 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6165 else 6166 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6167 6168 // Enter a new function scope 6169 PushFunctionScope(); 6170 6171 // See if this is a redefinition. 6172 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6173 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6174 6175 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6176 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6177 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6178 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6179 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6180 } 6181 } 6182 6183 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6184 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6185 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6186 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6187 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6188 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6189 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6190 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6191 6192 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6193 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6194 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6195 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6196 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6197 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6198 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6199 6200 if (FnBodyScope) 6201 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6202 6203 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6204 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6205 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6206 6207 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6208 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6209 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6210 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6211 6212 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6213 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6214 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6215 6216 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6217 } 6218 } 6219 6220 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6221 // dllimport attribute. 6222 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6223 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6224 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6225 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6226 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6227 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6228 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6229 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6230 << "dllimport"; 6231 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6232 return FD; 6233 } 6234 6235 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6236 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6237 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6238 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6239 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6240 // emitted. 6241 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6242 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6243 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6244 } 6245 } 6246 return FD; 6247} 6248 6249/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6250/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6251/// optimization. 6252/// 6253/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6254/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6255/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6256/// use the named return value optimization. 6257/// 6258/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6259/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6260/// the NRVO variable. 6261/// 6262/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6263/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6264/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6265static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6266 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6267 6268 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6269 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6270 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6271 return; 6272 6273 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6274 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6275 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6276 return; 6277 } 6278 6279 if (NRVOCandidate) 6280 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6281} 6282 6283Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6284 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6285} 6286 6287Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6288 bool IsInstantiation) { 6289 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6290 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6291 if (FunTmpl) 6292 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6293 else 6294 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6295 6296 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6297 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6298 6299 if (FD) { 6300 FD->setBody(Body); 6301 if (FD->isMain()) { 6302 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6303 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6304 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6305 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6306 } 6307 6308 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6309 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6310 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6311 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6312 6313 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6314 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6315 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6316 6317 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6318 } 6319 6320 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6321 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6322 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6323 MD->setBody(Body); 6324 if (Body) 6325 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6326 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6327 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6328 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6329 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6330 } 6331 } else { 6332 return 0; 6333 } 6334 6335 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6336 if (Body) { 6337 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6338 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6339 // Verify this. 6340 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6341 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6342 6343 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6344 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6345 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6346 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6347 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 6348 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6349 6350 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6351 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6352 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6353 6354 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6355 Destructor->getParent()); 6356 } 6357 6358 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6359 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6360 // deletion in some later function. 6361 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6362 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 6363 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6364 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6365 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6366 // enabled. 6367 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6368 } 6369 6370 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6371 } 6372 6373 if (!IsInstantiation) 6374 PopDeclContext(); 6375 6376 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6377 6378 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6379 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6380 // deletion in some later function. 6381 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 6382 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6383 6384 return dcl; 6385} 6386 6387/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6388/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6389NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6390 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6391 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6392 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6393 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6394 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6395 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6396 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6397 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6398 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6399 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6400 return Pos->second; 6401 } 6402 6403 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6404 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6405 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6406 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6407 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6408 else 6409 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6410 6411 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6412 const char *Dummy; 6413 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6414 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6415 unsigned DiagID; 6416 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6417 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6418 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6419 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6420 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6421 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6422 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6423 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6424 DS.getAttributes(), 6425 SourceLocation()); 6426 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6427 6428 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6429 6430 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6431 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6432 6433 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6434 FD->setImplicit(); 6435 6436 CurContext = PrevDC; 6437 6438 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6439 6440 return FD; 6441} 6442 6443/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6444/// the declaration of this function. 6445/// 6446/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6447/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6448/// like NSLog or printf. 6449void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6450 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6451 return; 6452 6453 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6454 // actual attributes. 6455 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6456 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6457 unsigned FormatIdx; 6458 bool HasVAListArg; 6459 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6460 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6461 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6462 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6463 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6464 } 6465 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6466 HasVAListArg)) { 6467 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6468 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6469 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6470 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6471 } 6472 6473 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6474 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6475 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6476 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6477 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6478 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6479 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6480 } 6481 6482 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 6483 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6484 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 6485 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6486 } 6487 6488 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6489 if (!Name) 6490 return; 6491 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6492 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6493 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6494 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6495 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6496 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6497 // about. 6498 } else 6499 return; 6500 6501 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6502 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6503 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6504 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6505 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6506 } else 6507 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6508 "printf", 1, 6509 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6510 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6511 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6512 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6513 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6514 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6515 "printf", 2, 6516 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6517 } 6518} 6519 6520TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6521 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6522 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6523 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6524 6525 if (!TInfo) { 6526 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6527 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6528 } 6529 6530 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6531 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6532 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6533 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6534 D.getIdentifier(), 6535 TInfo); 6536 6537 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6538 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6539 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6540 return NewTD; 6541 } 6542 6543 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6544 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6545 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6546 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6547 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6548 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6549 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6550 case TST_enum: 6551 case TST_struct: 6552 case TST_union: 6553 case TST_class: { 6554 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6555 6556 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6557 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6558 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6559 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6560 6561 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6562 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6563 6564 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6565 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6566 break; 6567 6568 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6569 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6570 break; 6571 } 6572 6573 default: 6574 break; 6575 } 6576 6577 return NewTD; 6578} 6579 6580 6581/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6582/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6583/// 6584/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6585bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6586 TagTypeKind NewTag, 6587 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6588 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6589 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6590 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6591 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6592 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6593 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6594 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6595 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6596 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6597 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6598 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6599 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6600 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6601 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6602 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6603 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6604 return true; 6605 6606 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6607 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6608 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6609 bool isTemplate = false; 6610 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6611 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6612 6613 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6614 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6615 << isTemplate << &Name 6616 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6617 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6618 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6619 return true; 6620 } 6621 return false; 6622} 6623 6624/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6625/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6626/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6627/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6628Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6629 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6630 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6631 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6632 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6633 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6634 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6635 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6636 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6637 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6638 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6639 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6640 6641 OwnedDecl = false; 6642 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6643 6644 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6645 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6646 bool Invalid = false; 6647 6648 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6649 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6650 // for non-C++ cases. 6651 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6652 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6653 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6654 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 6655 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6656 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6657 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6658 isExplicitSpecialization, 6659 Invalid)) { 6660 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6661 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6662 // be a member of another template). 6663 6664 if (Invalid) 6665 return 0; 6666 6667 OwnedDecl = false; 6668 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6669 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6670 TemplateParams, AS, 6671 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6672 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6673 return Result.get(); 6674 } else { 6675 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6676 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6677 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6678 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6679 } 6680 } 6681 } 6682 6683 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6684 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6685 // redeclaration. 6686 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6687 6688 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6689 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6690 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6691 // type, default to int. 6692 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6693 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6694 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6695 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6696 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6697 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6698 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6699 6700 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6701 6702 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6703 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6704 << T; 6705 // Recover by falling back to int. 6706 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6707 } 6708 6709 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6710 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6711 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6712 6713 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6714 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6715 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6716 } 6717 6718 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6719 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6720 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6721 6722 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6723 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6724 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6725 6726 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6727 6728 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6729 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6730 6731 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6732 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6733 Name = 0; 6734 goto CreateNewDecl; 6735 } 6736 6737 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6738 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6739 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6740 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6741 if (!DC) { 6742 IsDependent = true; 6743 return 0; 6744 } 6745 } else { 6746 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6747 if (!DC) { 6748 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6749 << SS.getRange(); 6750 return 0; 6751 } 6752 } 6753 6754 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6755 return 0; 6756 6757 SearchDC = DC; 6758 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6759 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6760 6761 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6762 return 0; 6763 6764 if (Previous.empty()) { 6765 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6766 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6767 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6768 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6769 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6770 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6771 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6772 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6773 IsDependent = true; 6774 return 0; 6775 } 6776 6777 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6778 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6779 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6780 Name = 0; 6781 Invalid = true; 6782 goto CreateNewDecl; 6783 } 6784 } else if (Name) { 6785 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6786 // declaration or definition. 6787 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6788 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6789 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6790 LookupName(Previous, S); 6791 6792 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 6793 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 6794 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 6795 while (F.hasNext()) { 6796 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 6797 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 6798 F.erase(); 6799 } 6800 F.done(); 6801 } 6802 6803 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6804 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6805 return 0; 6806 6807 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6808 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6809 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6810 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6811 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6812 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6813 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6814 } 6815 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6816 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6817 // initial context to the translation unit. 6818 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6819 } 6820 6821 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6822 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6823 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6824 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6825 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6826 Previous.clear(); 6827 } 6828 6829 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6830 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6831 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6832 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6833 6834 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6835 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6836 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6837 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6838 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6839 } 6840 } 6841 6842 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6843 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6844 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6845 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6846 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6847 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6848 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6849 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6850 6851 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6852 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6853 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6854 // 6855 // class-key identifier 6856 // 6857 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6858 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6859 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6860 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6861 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6862 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6863 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6864 // declaration. 6865 // 6866 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6867 // C structs and unions. 6868 // 6869 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6870 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6871 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6872 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6873 // 6874 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6875 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6876 // 6877 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6878 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6879 // lexical context, 6880 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6881 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6882 6883 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6884 while (S->isClassScope() || 6885 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6886 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6887 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6888 (S->getEntity() && 6889 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6890 S = S->getParent(); 6891 } else { 6892 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6893 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6894 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6895 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6896 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6897 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6898 } 6899 6900 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6901 // diagnose some problems. 6902 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6903 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6904 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6905 } 6906 } 6907 6908 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6909 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6910 6911 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6912 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6913 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6914 // in C++. 6915 // 6916 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6917 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6918 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6919 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6920 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6921 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6922 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6923 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6924 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6925 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6926 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6927 PrevDecl = Tag; 6928 Previous.clear(); 6929 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6930 Previous.resolveKind(); 6931 } 6932 } 6933 } 6934 } 6935 6936 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6937 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6938 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6939 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6940 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6941 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6942 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6943 // struct or something similar. 6944 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6945 bool SafeToContinue 6946 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6947 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6948 if (SafeToContinue) 6949 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6950 << Name 6951 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6952 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6953 else 6954 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6955 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6956 6957 if (SafeToContinue) 6958 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6959 else { 6960 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6961 Name = 0; 6962 Previous.clear(); 6963 Invalid = true; 6964 } 6965 } 6966 6967 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6968 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6969 6970 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6971 // returning the previous declaration. 6972 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6973 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6974 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6975 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6976 return PrevTagDecl; 6977 } 6978 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6979 QualType T; 6980 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6981 T = TI->getType(); 6982 else 6983 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6984 6985 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6986 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6987 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6988 << T 6989 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6990 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6991 return PrevTagDecl; 6992 } 6993 } 6994 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6995 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6996 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6997 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6998 return PrevTagDecl; 6999 } 7000 } 7001 7002 if (!Invalid) { 7003 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7004 7005 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7006 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7007 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7008 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7009 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 7010 TUK == TUK_Friend) 7011 return PrevTagDecl; 7012 7013 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7014 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7015 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7016 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7017 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7018 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7019 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7020 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7021 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7022 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7023 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7024 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7025 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7026 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7027 // references get the previous definition. 7028 Name = 0; 7029 Previous.clear(); 7030 Invalid = true; 7031 } 7032 } else { 7033 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7034 // about a nested redefinition. 7035 const TagType *Tag 7036 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7037 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7038 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7039 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7040 diag::note_previous_definition); 7041 Name = 0; 7042 Previous.clear(); 7043 Invalid = true; 7044 } 7045 } 7046 7047 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7048 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7049 } 7050 } 7051 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7052 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7053 7054 } else { 7055 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7056 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7057 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7058 // have distinct types. 7059 Previous.clear(); 7060 } 7061 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7062 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7063 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7064 7065 7066 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7067 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7068 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7069 } else { 7070 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7071 7072 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7073 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7074 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7075 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7076 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7077 unsigned Kind = 0; 7078 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7079 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7080 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7081 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7082 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7083 Invalid = true; 7084 7085 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7086 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7087 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7088 // do nothing 7089 7090 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7091 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7092 unsigned Kind = 0; 7093 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7094 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7095 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7096 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7097 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7098 Invalid = true; 7099 7100 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7101 // case here. 7102 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7103 unsigned Kind = 0; 7104 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7105 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7106 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7107 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7108 Invalid = true; 7109 7110 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7111 } else { 7112 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7113 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7114 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7115 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7116 Name = 0; 7117 Invalid = true; 7118 } 7119 7120 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7121 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7122 Previous.clear(); 7123 } 7124 } 7125 7126CreateNewDecl: 7127 7128 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7129 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7130 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7131 7132 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7133 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7134 // keyword. 7135 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7136 7137 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7138 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7139 // PrevDecl. 7140 TagDecl *New; 7141 7142 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7143 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7144 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7145 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7146 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7147 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7148 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7149 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7150 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7151 TagDecl *Def; 7152 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7153 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7154 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7155 } 7156 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7157 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7158 << New; 7159 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7160 } else { 7161 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7162 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7163 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7164 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7165 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7166 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7167 7168 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7169 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7170 // the declaration context. 7171 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7172 IsForwardReference = true; 7173 } 7174 } 7175 7176 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7177 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7178 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7179 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7180 else 7181 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7182 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7183 } 7184 7185 } else { 7186 // struct/union/class 7187 7188 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7189 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7190 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7191 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7192 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7193 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7194 7195 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7196 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7197 } else 7198 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7199 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7200 } 7201 7202 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7203 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7204 if (SS.isSet()) { 7205 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7206 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7207 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7208 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7209 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7210 } 7211 } 7212 else 7213 Invalid = true; 7214 } 7215 7216 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7217 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7218 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7219 // 7220 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7221 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7222 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7223 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7224 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7225 // parsing of the struct). 7226 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7227 7228 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7229 } 7230 7231 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7232 // check the specialization. 7233 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7234 Invalid = true; 7235 7236 if (Invalid) 7237 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7238 7239 if (Attr) 7240 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7241 7242 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7243 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7244 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7245 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7246 7247 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7248 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7249 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7250 7251 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7252 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7253 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 7254 7255 // Set the access specifier. 7256 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7257 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7258 7259 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7260 New->startDefinition(); 7261 7262 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7263 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7264 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7265 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7266 if (PrevDecl) 7267 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7268 7269 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7270 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7271 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7272 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7273 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7274 } else if (Name) { 7275 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7276 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7277 if (IsForwardReference) 7278 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7279 7280 } else { 7281 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7282 } 7283 7284 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7285 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7286 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7287 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7288 II->isStr("FILE")) 7289 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7290 7291 OwnedDecl = true; 7292 return New; 7293} 7294 7295void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7296 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7297 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7298 7299 // Enter the tag context. 7300 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7301} 7302 7303void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7304 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7305 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7306 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7307 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7308 7309 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7310 7311 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7312 return; 7313 7314 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7315 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7316 7317 // C++ [class]p2: 7318 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7319 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7320 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7321 // as if it were a public member name. 7322 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7323 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7324 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7325 Record->getIdentifier(), 7326 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7327 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7328 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7329 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7330 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7331 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7332 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7333 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7334 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7335 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7336} 7337 7338void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7339 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7340 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7341 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7342 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7343 7344 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7345 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7346 7347 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7348 PopDeclContext(); 7349 7350 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7351 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7352} 7353 7354void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7355 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7356 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7357 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7358 7359 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7360 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7361 // the FieldCollector. 7362 7363 PopDeclContext(); 7364} 7365 7366// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7367bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7368 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7369 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7370 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7371 if (ZeroWidth) 7372 *ZeroWidth = true; 7373 7374 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7375 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7376 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7377 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7378 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7379 return true; 7380 if (FieldName) 7381 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7382 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7383 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7384 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7385 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7386 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7387 return true; 7388 7389 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7390 // it now. 7391 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7392 return false; 7393 7394 llvm::APSInt Value; 7395 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7396 return true; 7397 7398 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7399 *ZeroWidth = false; 7400 7401 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7402 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7403 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7404 7405 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7406 if (FieldName) 7407 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7408 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7409 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7410 << Value.toString(10); 7411 } 7412 7413 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7414 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7415 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7416 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7417 if (FieldName) 7418 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7419 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7420 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7421 7422 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7423 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7424 } 7425 7426 if (FieldName) 7427 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7428 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7429 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7430 else 7431 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7432 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7433 } 7434 } 7435 7436 return false; 7437} 7438 7439/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 7440/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7441Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7442 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7443 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7444 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7445 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7446 AS_public); 7447 return Res; 7448} 7449 7450/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7451/// 7452FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7453 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7454 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 7455 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7456 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7457 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7458 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7459 7460 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7461 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7462 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7463 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7464 7465 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7466 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7467 D.setInvalidType(); 7468 T = Context.IntTy; 7469 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7470 } 7471 } 7472 7473 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7474 7475 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7476 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7477 7478 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7479 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7480 LookupName(Previous, S); 7481 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7482 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7483 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7484 7485 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7486 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7487 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7488 7489 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7490 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7491 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7492 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7493 PrevDecl = 0; 7494 } 7495 7496 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7497 PrevDecl = 0; 7498 7499 bool Mutable 7500 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7501 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7502 FieldDecl *NewFD 7503 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 7504 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7505 7506 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7507 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7508 7509 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7510 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7511 // with the same name in the same scope. 7512 } else if (II) { 7513 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7514 } else 7515 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7516 7517 return NewFD; 7518} 7519 7520/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7521/// 7522/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7523/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7524/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7525/// created. 7526/// 7527/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7528/// 7529/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7530FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7531 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7532 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7533 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 7534 SourceLocation TSSL, 7535 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7536 Declarator *D) { 7537 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7538 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7539 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7540 7541 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7542 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7543 if (T.isNull()) { 7544 InvalidDecl = true; 7545 T = Context.IntTy; 7546 } 7547 7548 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7549 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7550 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7551 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7552 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7553 InvalidDecl = true; 7554 } 7555 7556 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7557 // than a variably modified type. 7558 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7559 bool SizeIsNegative; 7560 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7561 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7562 SizeIsNegative, 7563 Oversized); 7564 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7565 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7566 T = FixedTy; 7567 } else { 7568 if (SizeIsNegative) 7569 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7570 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7572 << Oversized.toString(10); 7573 else 7574 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7575 InvalidDecl = true; 7576 } 7577 } 7578 7579 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7580 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7581 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7582 AbstractFieldType)) 7583 InvalidDecl = true; 7584 7585 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7586 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7587 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7588 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7589 InvalidDecl = true; 7590 BitWidth = 0; 7591 ZeroWidth = false; 7592 } 7593 7594 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7595 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7596 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7597 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7598 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7599 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7600 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7601 7602 if (DiagID) { 7603 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7604 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7605 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7606 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7607 Mutable = false; 7608 InvalidDecl = true; 7609 } 7610 } 7611 7612 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7613 BitWidth, Mutable); 7614 if (InvalidDecl) 7615 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7616 7617 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7618 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7619 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7620 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7621 } 7622 7623 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7624 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7625 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7626 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7627 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7628 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7629 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7630 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7631 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7632 // objects. 7633 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7634 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7635 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7636 } 7637 } 7638 7639 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7640 // the program is ill-formed. 7641 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7642 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7643 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7644 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7645 } 7646 } 7647 } 7648 7649 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7650 // representation, not a parser representation. 7651 if (D) 7652 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7653 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7654 7655 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7656 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7657 7658 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7659 return NewFD; 7660} 7661 7662bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7663 assert(FD); 7664 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7665 7666 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7667 return true; 7668 7669 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7670 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7671 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7672 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7673 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7674 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7675 // copy constructors. 7676 7677 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7678 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7679 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7680 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 7681 member = CXXConstructor; 7682 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7683 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7684 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7685 member = CXXDestructor; 7686 7687 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7688 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7689 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7690 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7691 return true; 7692 } 7693 } 7694 } 7695 7696 return false; 7697} 7698 7699/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7700/// special member, figure out why. 7701void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7702 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7703 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7704 7705 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7706 switch (member) { 7707 case CXXInvalid: 7708 break; 7709 7710 case CXXConstructor: 7711 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7712 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7713 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7714 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7715 ci->hasBody(body); 7716 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7717 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7718 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7719 return; 7720 } 7721 } 7722 7723 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7724 return; 7725 } 7726 break; 7727 7728 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7729 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7730 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7731 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7732 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7733 return; 7734 } 7735 break; 7736 7737 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7738 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7739 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7740 // assignment, not the type. 7741 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7742 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7743 return; 7744 } 7745 break; 7746 7747 case CXXDestructor: 7748 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7749 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7750 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7751 return; 7752 } 7753 break; 7754 } 7755 7756 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7757 7758 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7759 // but not trivial destruction. 7760 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7761 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7762 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7763 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7764 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7765 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7766 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7767 return; 7768 } 7769 7770 // Check for virtual methods. 7771 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7772 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7773 ++mi) { 7774 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7775 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7776 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7777 return; 7778 } 7779 } 7780 } 7781 7782 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7783 switch (member) { 7784 case CXXConstructor: 7785 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 7786 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7787 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7788 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7789 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7790 case CXXDestructor: 7791 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7792 default: 7793 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7794 } 7795 7796 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7797 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7798 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7799 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7800 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7801 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7802 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7803 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7804 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7805 return; 7806 } 7807 } 7808 7809 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7810 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7811 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7812 ++fi) { 7813 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7814 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7815 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7816 7817 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7818 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7819 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7820 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7821 return; 7822 } 7823 } 7824 } 7825 7826 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7827} 7828 7829/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7830/// AST enum value. 7831static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7832TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7833 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7834 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7835 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7836 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7837 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7838 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7839 } 7840} 7841 7842/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7843/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7844Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7845 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7846 Decl *IntfDecl, 7847 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7848 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7849 7850 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7851 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7852 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7853 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7854 7855 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7856 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7857 7858 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7859 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7860 7861 if (BitWidth) { 7862 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7863 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7864 D.setInvalidType(); 7865 BitWidth = 0; 7866 } 7867 } else { 7868 // Not a bitfield. 7869 7870 // validate II. 7871 7872 } 7873 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7874 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7875 D.setInvalidType(); 7876 } 7877 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7878 // than a variably modified type. 7879 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7880 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7881 D.setInvalidType(); 7882 } 7883 7884 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7885 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7886 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7887 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7888 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7889 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7890 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7891 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7892 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7893 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7894 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7895 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7896 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7897 } 7898 else 7899 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7900 } else { 7901 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7902 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7903 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7904 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7905 return 0; 7906 } 7907 } 7908 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7909 } 7910 7911 // Construct the decl. 7912 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7913 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7914 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7915 7916 if (II) { 7917 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7918 ForRedeclaration); 7919 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7920 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7921 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7922 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7923 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7924 } 7925 } 7926 7927 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7928 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7929 7930 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7931 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7932 7933 if (II) { 7934 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7935 // these to the interface. 7936 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7937 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7938 } 7939 7940 return NewID; 7941} 7942 7943/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7944/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7945/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7946/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7947void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7948 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7949 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7950 return; 7951 7952 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7953 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7954 7955 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7956 return; 7957 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7958 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7959 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7960 return; 7961 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7962 if (!ID) { 7963 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7964 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7965 return; 7966 } 7967 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7968 else 7969 return; 7970 } 7971 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7972 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7973 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7974 7975 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7976 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7977 Context.CharTy, 7978 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7979 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7980 true); 7981 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7982} 7983 7984void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7985 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7986 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7987 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7988 AttributeList *Attr) { 7989 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7990 7991 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7992 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7993 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7994 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7995 return; 7996 } 7997 7998 7999 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8000 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8001 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8002 8003 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8004 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8005 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8006 8007 // Get the type for the field. 8008 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8009 8010 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8011 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8012 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8013 } 8014 8015 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8016 // diagnostics about it. 8017 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8018 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8019 continue; 8020 } 8021 8022 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8023 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8024 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8025 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8026 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8027 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8028 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8029 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8030 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8031 // array. 8032 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8033 // Field declared as a function. 8034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8035 << FD->getDeclName(); 8036 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8037 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8038 continue; 8039 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8040 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8041 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8042 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8043 // Flexible array member. 8044 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8045 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8046 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8047 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8048 if (Record->isUnion()) 8049 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8050 << FD->getDeclName(); 8051 else if (NumFields == 1) 8052 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8053 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8054 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8055 if (Record->isUnion()) 8056 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8057 << FD->getDeclName(); 8058 else if (NumFields == 1) 8059 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8060 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8061 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8062 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8063 << FD->getDeclName(); 8064 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8065 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8066 continue; 8067 } 8068 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8069 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 8070 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8071 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8072 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8073 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8074 continue; 8075 } 8076 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8077 if (Record) 8078 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8079 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8080 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8081 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8082 // Incomplete type 8083 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8084 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8085 continue; 8086 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8087 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8088 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8089 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8090 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8091 } else { 8092 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8093 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8094 // structures. 8095 if (i != NumFields-1) 8096 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8097 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8098 else { 8099 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8100 // other structs as an extension. 8101 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8102 << FD->getDeclName(); 8103 if (Record) 8104 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8105 } 8106 } 8107 } 8108 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8109 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8110 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8111 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8112 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 8113 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8114 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8115 continue; 8116 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8117 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8118 Record && 8119 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8120 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 8121 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8122 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8123 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8124 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 8125 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8126 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8127 } 8128 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8129 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8130 ++NumNamedMembers; 8131 } 8132 8133 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8134 if (Record) { 8135 bool Completed = false; 8136 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8137 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8138 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8139 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8140 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8141 I != E; ++I) 8142 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8143 8144 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8145 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8146 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8147 8148 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8149 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8150 // problem now. 8151 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8152 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8153 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8154 8155 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8156 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8157 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8158 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8159 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8160 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8161 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8162 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8163 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8164 continue; 8165 8166 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8167 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8168 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8169 // program is ill-formed. 8170 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8171 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8172 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8173 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8174 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8175 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8176 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8177 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8178 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8179 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8180 8181 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8182 } 8183 } 8184 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8185 Completed = true; 8186 } 8187 } 8188 } 8189 } 8190 8191 if (!Completed) 8192 Record->completeDefinition(); 8193 } else { 8194 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8195 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8196 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8197 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8198 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8199 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8200 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8201 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8202 } 8203 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8204 // duplicates. 8205 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8206 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8207 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8208 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8209 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8210 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8211 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8212 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8213 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8214 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8215 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8216 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8217 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8218 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8219 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8220 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8221 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8222 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8223 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8224 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8225 } 8226 } 8227 } 8228 8229 if (Attr) 8230 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8231 8232 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8233 // set the visibility of this record. 8234 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8235 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8236} 8237 8238/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8239/// the given type T. 8240static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8241 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8242 QualType T) { 8243 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8244 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8245 8246 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8247 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 8248 --BitWidth; 8249 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8250 } 8251 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8252} 8253 8254// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8255// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8256static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8257 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8258 // enum checking below. 8259 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8260 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8261 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8262 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8263 }; 8264 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8265 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8266 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8267 }; 8268 8269 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8270 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8271 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8272 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8273 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8274 return Types[I]; 8275 8276 return QualType(); 8277} 8278 8279EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8280 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8281 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8282 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8283 Expr *Val) { 8284 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8285 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8286 QualType EltTy; 8287 8288 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8289 Val = 0; 8290 8291 if (Val) { 8292 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8293 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8294 else { 8295 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8296 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8297 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8298 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8299 Val = 0; 8300 } else { 8301 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8302 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8303 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8304 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8305 // representable as an int. 8306 8307 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8308 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8309 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8310 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8311 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8312 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8313 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8314 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8315 } 8316 } 8317 8318 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8319 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8320 8321 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8322 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8323 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8324 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8325 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8326 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8327 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8328 } else 8329 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8330 << EltTy; 8331 } else 8332 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8333 } 8334 else { 8335 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8336 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8337 // is the type of its initializing value: 8338 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8339 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8340 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8341 } 8342 } 8343 } 8344 } 8345 8346 if (!Val) { 8347 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8348 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8349 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8350 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8351 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8352 // is the type of its initializing value: 8353 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8354 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8355 // 8356 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8357 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8358 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8359 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8360 } 8361 else { 8362 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8363 } 8364 } else { 8365 // Assign the last value + 1. 8366 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8367 ++EnumVal; 8368 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8369 8370 // Check for overflow on increment. 8371 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8372 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8373 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8374 // is the type of its initializing value: 8375 // 8376 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8377 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8378 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8379 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8380 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8381 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8382 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8383 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8384 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8385 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8386 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8387 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8388 ++EnumVal; 8389 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8390 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8391 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8392 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8393 << EltTy; 8394 else 8395 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8396 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8397 } else { 8398 EltTy = T; 8399 } 8400 8401 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8402 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8403 // value, then increment. 8404 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8405 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8406 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8407 ++EnumVal; 8408 8409 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8410 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8411 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8412 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8413 // integral type. 8414 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8415 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8416 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8417 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8418 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8420 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8421 } 8422 } 8423 } 8424 8425 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8426 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8427 // enumerator's type. 8428 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8429 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8430 } 8431 8432 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8433 Val, EnumVal); 8434} 8435 8436 8437Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8438 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8439 AttributeList *Attr, 8440 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8441 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8442 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8443 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8444 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8445 8446 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8447 // we find one that is. 8448 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8449 8450 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8451 // scope. 8452 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8453 ForRedeclaration); 8454 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8455 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8456 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8457 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8458 PrevDecl = 0; 8459 } 8460 8461 if (PrevDecl) { 8462 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8463 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8464 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8465 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8466 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8467 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8468 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8469 else 8470 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8471 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8472 return 0; 8473 } 8474 } 8475 8476 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8477 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8478 // name different from T: 8479 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8480 // type 8481 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8482 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8483 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8484 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8485 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8486 8487 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8488 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8489 8490 if (New) { 8491 // Process attributes. 8492 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8493 8494 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8495 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8496 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8497 } 8498 8499 return New; 8500} 8501 8502void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8503 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8504 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8505 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8506 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8507 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8508 8509 if (Attr) 8510 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8511 8512 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8513 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8514 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8515 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8516 if (!ECD) continue; 8517 8518 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8519 } 8520 8521 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8522 return; 8523 } 8524 8525 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8526 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8527 // emit a warning. 8528 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8529 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8530 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8531 8532 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8533 // reverse the list. 8534 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8535 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8536 8537 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8538 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8539 8540 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8541 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8542 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8543 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8544 8545 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8546 8547 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8548 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8549 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8550 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8551 else 8552 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8553 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8554 8555 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8556 if (AllElementsInt) 8557 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8558 } 8559 8560 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8561 QualType BestType; 8562 unsigned BestWidth; 8563 8564 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8565 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8566 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8567 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8568 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8569 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8570 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8571 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8572 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8573 QualType BestPromotionType; 8574 8575 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8576 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8577 // enum definitions. 8578 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8579 Packed = true; 8580 8581 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8582 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8583 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8584 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8585 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8586 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8587 } 8588 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8589 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8590 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8591 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8592 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8593 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8594 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8595 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8596 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8597 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8598 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8599 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8600 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8601 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8602 } else { 8603 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8604 8605 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8606 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8607 } else { 8608 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8609 8610 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8611 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8612 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8613 } 8614 } 8615 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8616 } else { 8617 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8618 // all of the enumerator values. 8619 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8620 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8621 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8622 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8623 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8624 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8625 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8626 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8627 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8628 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8629 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8630 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8631 BestPromotionType 8632 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8633 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8634 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8635 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8636 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8637 BestPromotionType 8638 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8639 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8640 } else { 8641 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8642 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8643 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8644 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8645 BestPromotionType 8646 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8647 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8648 } 8649 } 8650 8651 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8652 // the type of the enum if needed. 8653 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8654 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8655 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8656 8657 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8658 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8659 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8660 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8661 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8662 8663 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8664 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8665 8666 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8667 // the enum decl type. 8668 QualType NewTy; 8669 unsigned NewWidth; 8670 bool NewSign; 8671 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8672 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8673 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8674 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8675 NewSign = true; 8676 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8677 // Already the right type! 8678 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8679 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8680 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8681 // enumeration. 8682 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8683 continue; 8684 } else { 8685 NewTy = BestType; 8686 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8687 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8688 } 8689 8690 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8691 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8692 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8693 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8694 8695 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8696 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8697 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8698 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8699 CK_IntegralCast, 8700 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8701 /*base paths*/ 0, 8702 VK_RValue)); 8703 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8704 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8705 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8706 // enumeration. 8707 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8708 else 8709 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8710 } 8711 8712 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8713 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8714} 8715 8716Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8717 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8718 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8719 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8720 8721 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8722 AsmString, StartLoc, 8723 EndLoc); 8724 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8725 return New; 8726} 8727 8728void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8729 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8730 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8731 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8732 8733 if (PrevDecl) { 8734 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8735 } else { 8736 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8737 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8738 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8739 } 8740} 8741 8742void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8743 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8744 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8745 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8746 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8747 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8748 LookupOrdinaryName); 8749 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8750 8751 if (PrevDecl) { 8752 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8753 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8754 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8755 } else { 8756 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8757 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8758 } 8759} 8760